C M Y CM XT4...unlock the doors from up to 60m (197ft) away from the vehicle. Q: Press to lock all doors. K: Press to unlock the driver door or all doors depending on the vehicle personalization

XT4

2019

XT4

23272680 A

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

19_CAD_XT4_COV_en_US_23272680A_2018JUL10.ai 1 6/26/2018 1:06:57 PM19_CAD_XT4_COV_en_US_23272680A_2018JUL10.ai 1 6/26/2018 1:06:57 PM

Cadillac XT4 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-12017481) - 2019 - crc - 7/9/18

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . 27

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . 115

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . 320

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . 347

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363


2 INTRODUCTION

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems, slogans,vehicle model names, and vehiclebody designs appearing in this manualincluding, but not limited to, GM, theGM logo, CADILLAC, the CADILLACEmblem, and XT4 are trademarks and/or service marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “General Motorsof Canada Company” for CadillacMotor Car Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, country specifications,features/applications that may not beavailable in your region, or changessubsequent to the printing of thisowner’s manual.

Refer to the purchase documentationrelating to your specific vehicle toconfirm the features.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ceguide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in the backof the manual. It is an alphabeticallist of what is in the manual and thepage number where it can be found.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 23272680 A First Printing ©2018 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


INTRODUCTION 3

About Driving the VehicleAs with other vehicles of this type,failure to operate this vehicle correctlymay result in loss of control or acrash. Be sure to read the drivingguidelines in this manual in thesection called “Driving and Operating”and specifically Driver Behavior 0 171,Driving Environment 0 171, and VehicleDesign 0 171.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “Do Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let thishappen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message, gauge,or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’s manualhas additional instructions orinformation.

* : Shown when the service manualhas additional instructions orinformation.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbols thatmay be found on the vehicle and whatthey mean. See the features in thismanual for information.

u : Air Conditioning System

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

9 : Airbag Readiness Light


4 INTRODUCTION

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

9 : Dispose of Used ComponentsProperly

P : Do Not Apply High PressureWater

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

[ : Forward Collision Alert

R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location

+ : Fuses

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints

Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers ProperlyInstalled

| : Lane Change Alert

@ : Lane Departure Warning

A : Lane Keep Assist

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

X : Park Assist

~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

O : Power

7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert

I : Registered Technician

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

I : Side Blind Zone Alert

h : Stop/Start

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

a : Under Pressure

V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator


IN BRIEF 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . . 8Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . . . . 12Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . . . . 12Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . 13Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . 14Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . 16Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . 19Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . 21Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . 21Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . 21Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Automatic ParkingAssist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Reverse AutomaticBraking (RAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . 23Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26


6 IN BRIEF

Instrument Panel

Instrument Panel Overview


IN BRIEF 7

1. Air Vents 0 168.

2. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 156.

Turn Signal Lever. See Turn andLane-Change Signals 0 159.

IntelliBeam System Button (IfEquipped). See Exterior LampControls 0 156.

3. Tap Shift Controls. See ManualMode 0 196 (If Equipped).

4. Instrument Cluster 0 125.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Display. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 140.

5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 117.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer0 119.

6. ENGINE START/STOP Button.See Ignition Positions 0 182.

7. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 158.

8. Home Button. See theinfotainment manual andInfotainment 0 163.

9. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 164.

10. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats0 68 (If Equipped).

11. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 231 (IfEquipped).

12. Power Outlets 0 120.

13. MODE Switch. See Driver ModeControl 0 202.

14. Stop/Start Disable Switch. SeeStop/Start System 0 184.

15. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 201.

16. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 159.

17. USB Port. See the infotainmentmanual.

Auxiliary Input Jack. See theinfotainment manual.

18. Infotainment Controls. See theinfotainment manual.

19. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 191.

20. Park Assist Button. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 216.

Automatic Parking Assist (APA)Button. See Assistance Systemsfor Parking or Backing 0 216.

21. Steering Wheel Controls 0 116.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 140.

22. Horn 0 117.

23. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 116(Out of View).

24. Cruise Control 0 203.

Adaptive Cruise Control 0 206 (IfEquipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 116 (IfEquipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 223 (If Equipped).

25. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 143(Out of View) (If Equipped).

26. Data Link Connector. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp (CheckEngine Light) 0 131 (Out of View).


8 IN BRIEF

27. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 160.

28. Hood Release. See Hood 0 252(Out of View).

29. Electric Parking Brake 0 198.

Initial Drive InformationThis section provides a brief overviewabout some of the important featuresthat may or may not be on yourspecific vehicle.

For more detailed information, refer toeach of the features which can befound later in this owner’s manual.

Stop/Start SystemThe Stop/Start system will shut offthe engine to help conserve fuel.It has components designed for theincreased number of starts.

When the brakes are applied and thevehicle is at a complete stop, theengine may turn off. When stopped,the tachometer displays AUTO STOP.See Tachometer 0 128. When the brakepedal is released or the acceleratorpedal is pressed, the engine willrestart. See Stop/Start System 0 184.

The automatic engine Stop/Startfeature can be disabled and enabledby pressing the switch with thehsymbol. Auto Stop is enabled eachtime you start the vehicle.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter may be used to lock andunlock the doors from up to 60 m(197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

K : Press to unlock the driver door orall doors depending on the vehiclepersonalization settings.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 147.


IN BRIEF 9

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator.

Press and hold 7 for three seconds tosound the panic alarm. Press again tocancel.

b : Press twice quickly to open orclose the liftgate. Press once to stopthe liftgate from moving.

Press the key release button near thebottom of the transmitter to removethe key. Never remove the key withoutpressing the button. The key can beused for the driver door and theglove box.

See Keys 0 27 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 28.

Remote Vehicle StartThe engine can be started fromoutside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on the RKEtransmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35.

Door Locks

Keyless Access

Press the button on the door handleand pull the handle when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin range. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 28.

Manual Operation

From outside, use the key in thedriver door. The key cylinder iscovered by a cap. See Door Locks 0 36.

From the inside, pull once on the doorhandle to unlock it, and again toopen it.


10 IN BRIEF

Power Door Locks

From outside, press Q or K on theRKE transmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 28.

From inside, press Q or K on thepower door lock switch. See PowerDoor Locks 0 39.

Liftgate

Power Liftgate Operation

The power liftgate switch is on thedriver door. The vehicle must be inP (Park).

Choose the power liftgate mode byselecting MAX or 3/4. Press8 onthe driver door. The driver door mustbe unlocked. On the RKE transmitterpressb twice quickly until theliftgate starts moving.

Press any liftgate button while theliftgate is moving to stop it. Pressingagain reverses the direction.

To close, pressl on the bottom ofthe liftgate next to the pull cup.

To disable the power liftgate function,select OFF on the liftgate switch. SeeLiftgate 0 41.

Windows

The power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 187.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.


IN BRIEF 11

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

See Power Windows 0 56

Seat Adjustment

Power Seats

. Move the seat forward or rearwardby sliding the control forward orrearward.

. Raise or lower the front part of theseat cushion by moving the frontof the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 63.

Reclining Seatbacks

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 64.

Memory Features

If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to save and recall their uniqueseat positions for driving the vehicle,and a shared exit position for gettingout of the vehicle. Other featurepositions may also be saved, such aspower mirrors and power steeringwheel, if equipped. Memory positionsare linked to RKE transmitter 1 or 2for automatic memory recalls.

Before saving, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn theignition on and then press and releaseSET; a beep will sound. Thenimmediately press and hold 1, 2,


12 IN BRIEF

orB (Exit) until two beeps sound.To manually recall these positions,press and hold 1, 2, orB until thesaved position is reached.

When Seat Entry Memory is enabledin vehicle personalization, positionspreviously saved to memory buttons1 and 2 are recalled when the ignitionis changed from off to on or ACC/ACCESSORY.

When Seat Exit Memory is enabled invehicle personalization, the featureautomatically recalls the previouslysaved exit position when exiting thevehicle.

Memory adjustments may not beavailable upon delivery or after serviceuntil steps in “Saving MemoryPositions” section are performed. SeeMemory Seats 0 65.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

Uplevel Buttons Shown, Base ButtonsSimilar

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the engine must berunning.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion and seatback.

PressC or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat.

Press the button once for the highestsetting. With each press of the button,the seat will change to the next lowersetting, and then to the off setting.The indicator lights above the buttonsindicate three for the highest settingand one for the lowest. If the frontheated seats are on high, the levelmay automatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats0 68.

Head Restraint AdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatback reclineangle as little as necessary whilekeeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the proper position.

See Head Restraints 0 61 and PowerSeat Adjustment 0 63.


IN BRIEF 13

Seat Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to useseat belts properly:

. Seat Belts 0 72

. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly0 73

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 75

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 98

Passenger Sensing System

The passenger sensing system turnsoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbag isaffected by the passenger sensingsystem. See Passenger Sensing System0 86.

The passenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 130.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior Mirror

To adjust a mirror:

1. Press} or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

See Power Mirrors 0 51.


14 IN BRIEF

Interior Mirror

Adjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind your vehicle.

Manual Rearview Mirror

If equipped, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror

If equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlamps frombehind. The dimming feature comeson when the vehicle is started.

Rear Camera Mirror

If equipped, this automatic dimmingrearview mirror provides a wide anglecamera view of the area behind thevehicle. For ease of use, adjust themirror for a clear view of the areabehind the vehicle while the display isoff. See Rear Camera Mirror 0 53.

Steering Wheel AdjustmentManual Steering Wheel

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving.

Power Tilt and Telescoping SteeringWheel

Press the control to move the tilt andtelescoping steering wheel up anddown or forward and rearward.



IN BRIEF 15

Interior LightingDome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off the domelamps when a door is open. Anindicator light on the button will turnon when the dome lamp override isactivated. Pressj OFF again todeactivate this feature and the

indicator light will turn off. The domelamps will come on when doors areopened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually.

Reading Lamps

There are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andover the rear passenger doors. Theselamps come on automatically whenany door is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Press the lamp lenses on the frontreading lamps.

Press the lamp lenses over the rearpassenger doors.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 160.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.


16 IN BRIEF

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turn toO again to reactivate the AUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off, dependingon outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlamps togetherwith the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 156.

. Turn and Lane-Change Signals0 159.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

Windshield Wiper with Rainsense(AUTO Shown), If Equipped

Windshield Wiper without Rainsense(INT Shown)

With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the lever to selectthe wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

AUTO : If equipped with Rainsense,use this setting for intermittent wipeswhen Rainsense is disabled,or Rainsense wipes when Rainsense isenabled. For intermittent wipes, movethe windshield wiper lever to AUTO.Turn the band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequent wipes.


IN BRIEF 17

When Rainsense is enabled, move thewindshield wiper lever to AUTO. Turnthe band to adjust the sensitivity tomoisture to the desired level.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the AUTO position todeactivate Rainsense.

To turn the Rainsense feature on oroff, see “Rain Sense Wipers” underVehicle Personalization 0 147.

INT : If equipped with Intermittentwipers only, move the windshieldwiper lever to INT. Turn the band upfor more frequent wipes or down forless frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes, holdthe lever down.

f : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 117and Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 119.

Climate ControlsThe climate control buttons on thecenter stack and on the climatecontrol display are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.


18 IN BRIEF

1. ON/OFF

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

3. Air Delivery Mode Controls

4. Driver Temperature Control

5. Fan Control

6. Passenger Temperature Control

7. A/C (Air Conditioning)

8. Recirculation

9. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

10. Defrost

11. Rear Window Defogger

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Display

2. Fan Control

3. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

4. Sync (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. Recirculation


7. Auto (Automatic Operation)


9. On/Off

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 164.


IN BRIEF 19

Transmission

Tap Shift

If equipped, Tap Shift allows you toshift an automatic transmissionsimilar to a manual transmission. Touse the Tap Shift feature:

1. When in D (Drive), pull back onthe shift lever to enterM (Manual Mode).

2. Use Tap Shift to manually shiftthe automatic transmission.

3. To exit, pull back on the shiftlever a second time.

See Manual Mode 0 196.

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system, andvoice or speech recognition. It alsoincludes information on settings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steering wheelcontrols. See "Steering WheelControls" in the infotainment manual.

Cruise Control

J : Press to turn the system on andoff. A white indicator appears in theinstrument cluster when turned on.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, push up briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If the cruise control isalready active, use to increase vehiclespeed. To increase speed by 1 km/h(1 mph), push RES+ up to the firstdetent. To increase speed to the next5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, push RES+ up to thesecond detent.


20 IN BRIEF

SET− : Push down briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If the cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed. Todecrease speed by 1 km/h (1 mph),push SET− down to the first detent.To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,push SET− down to the second detent.

* : Press to disengage cruise controlwithout erasing the set speed frommemory.

See Cruise Control 0 203 or AdaptiveCruise Control 0 206 (if equipped).

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

S or T : Press to move between theinteractive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

y orz : Use the thumbwheel toscroll to the previous or nextselection.

V : Press the thumbwheel to select.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)0 140.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused by front-endcrashes. FCA provides a greenindicator,V, when a vehicle isdetected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber when following avehicle much too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a flashing redalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 223.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA).When the system detects a vehicleahead in your path that is traveling inthe same direction that you may beabout to crash into, it can provide aboost to braking or automatically


IN BRIEF 21

brake the vehicle. This can help avoidor lessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Forward Automatic Braking (FAB)0 226.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the FPB system may helpavoid or reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes with nearbypedestrians when driving in a forwardgear. FPB displays an amber indicator,~, when a nearby pedestrian isdetected directly ahead. Whenapproaching a detected pedestrian tooquickly, FPB provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat. FPBcan provide a boost to braking orautomatically brake the vehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 227.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gently

turning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signal inthat direction. It may also provide aLane Departure Warning (LDW) alertas the lane marking is crossed. Thesystem will not assist or alert if itdetects that you are actively steering.Override LKA by turning the steeringwheel. LKA uses a camera to detectlane markings between 60 km/h (37mph) and 180 km/h (112 mph).

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 231 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)0 231.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assists driverswith avoiding lane change crashesthat occur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas or withvehicles rapidly approaching theseareas from behind. The LCA warningdisplay will light up in thecorresponding outside mirror and willflash if the turn signal is on. The SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA) system isincluded as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 229and Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 229.

Surround VisionIf equipped, views around the vehicleappear in the infotainment display toaid with parking and low-speedmaneuvers.

See “Surround Vision” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 216.

Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area in frontof the vehicle appears on theinfotainment display to aid withparking and low-speed maneuvers.

See “Front Vision Camera” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 216.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)If equipped, RVC shows a view of thearea behind the vehicle on theinfotainment display when the vehicleis shifted into R (Reverse) to aid withparking and low-speed backingmaneuvers.


22 IN BRIEF

See Assistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 216.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA system shows atriangle with an arrow on theinfotainment display to warn of trafficbehind your vehicle that may crossyour vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound, or the driver seat will pulse.


Park AssistIf equipped, Rear Park Assist (RPA)uses sensors on the rear bumper toassist with parking and avoidingobjects while in R (Reverse).It operates at speeds less than 8 km/h(5 mph). RPA may show a warningtriangle on the infotainment displayand a graphic on the instrumentcluster to provide the object distance.In addition, multiple beeps or seatpulses may occur if very close to anobject.

The vehicle may also have the FrontPark Assist system.


Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)If equipped, the APA system helps tosearch for and maneuver the vehicleinto parallel or perpendicular parkingspots using automatic steering, DICdisplays, and beeps. When the vehiclespeed is below 30 km/h (18 mph),pressO to enable the system.

See “Automatic Parking Assist (APA)”under Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 216.

Reverse AutomaticBraking (RAB)If the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) it also has the RABsystem, which is designed to helpavoid or reduce the harm caused bybacking crashes when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse). If the systemdetects the vehicle is backing too fast

to avoid a crash with a detected objectbehind your vehicle in your path, itmay automatically brake hard toa stop.


Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has three accessory poweroutlets: one at the front of the centerconsole, one under the armrest, andone in the rear cargo area.


IN BRIEF 23

See Power Outlets 0 120.

Universal Remote System

If equipped, this system provides away to replace up to three remotecontrol transmitters used to activatedevices such as garage door openers,security systems, and homeautomation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Because ofthe steps involved, it may be helpfulto have another person available toassist with programming the UniversalRemote system.

See Universal Remote System 0 152.

SunroofIf equipped, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) must be activeto operate the sunroof.See Ignition Positions 0 182 andRetained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 187.

1. Sunroof Switch2. Sunshade Switch

Sunroof Express Operation : Pressand releasee (1) to vent. Press andrelease again to move to the partiallyopened comfort stop position. Pressand release again to express-open tothe fully opened position. Press andreleasee (1) at any time to stop

movement. Press and releaseg (1)to express-close. Press and releaseg (1) at any time to stopmovement.

Sunroof Manual Operation : Thesunroof can change to manual modeby holdinge (1) while opening. The

sunroof will now open as long ase(1) is held. Press and releasee (1)again to change back to expressoperation.

Power Sunshade ExpressOperation : Press and releaseC (2)to express-open the sunshade. Pressand releaseC (2) at any time to stop

movement. Press and releaseQ (2)to express-close the sunshade. Pressand releaseQ (2) at any time tostop movement.


24 IN BRIEF

Power Sunshade ManualOperation : The sunshade can changeto manual mode by holdingC (2)while opening. The sunshade will nowopen as long asC (2) is held. Press

and releaseC (2) again to changeback to express operation.

The sunroof cannot be opened orclosed if the vehicle has an electricalfailure.

The sunroof and power sunshade areequipped with an automatic reversalsystem. See Sunroof 0 58.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/ElectronicStability ControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.

The StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem also turns on automaticallyevery time the vehicle is started.

. To turn off TCS, press and releaseg on the center console behindthe shift lever. i comes on in theinstrument cluster and a DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagemay display.

. To turn off both TCS andStabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold guntil i and g come on in theinstrument cluster and a DICmessage may display.

. Press and release g again to turnon both systems.

See Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 201.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss in pressureof one of the vehicle's tires. If thewarning light comes on, stop as soonas possible and inflate the tires to therecommended pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label.See Vehicle Load Limits 0 178. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and then


IN BRIEF 25

turn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that the tirepressures are getting low and the tiresneed to be inflated to the properpressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 287.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure. See “Tire Fill Alert (IfEquipped)” under Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 288.

Fuel

Premium Recommended

Use premium 93 octane — (R+M)/2 —unleaded gasoline in your vehicle. TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline isrecommended. Unleaded gasoline withan octane rating as low as 87 may beused, but it will reduce performanceand fuel economy. See RecommendedFuel 0 234.

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINE

OIL SOON message when it is time tochange the engine oil and filter. Theoil life system should be reset to 100%only following an oil change.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Using the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheel,display REMAINING OIL LIFE onthe DIC. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 140. Whenremaining oil life is low, theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on thedisplay.

2. Press V on the DIC controls andhold down for a few seconds toclear the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message and reset the oillife at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 256.


26 IN BRIEF

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuel mileage.Here are some driving tips to get thebest fuel economy possible.

. Set the climate controls to thedesired temperature after theengine is started, or turn them offwhen not required.

. On AWD vehicles, use Tour Modewhen conditions permit.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoid abruptstops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speed limitsor drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires with thesame TPC Spec number moldedinto the tire's sidewall nearthe size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-800-224-1400

Canada: 1-800-882-1112

TTY Users (U.S. Only): 1-888-889-2438

New Cadillac owners are automaticallyenrolled in the Roadside ServiceProgram.

See Roadside Service 0 341.


KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 27

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . . . 53Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 53Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . 53Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle with aRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


28 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS

The key inside the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter is used forthe driver door and glove box.

To remove the key, press the buttonnear the bottom of the transmitter,and pull the key out. Never pull thekey out without pressing the button.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.

See your dealer if a new key is needed.

Contact Roadside Service if locked outof the vehicle. See Roadside Service0 341.

With an active OnStar or connectedservice plan, an OnStar Advisor mayremotely unlock the vehicle. SeeOnStar Overview 0 351.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement 0 347.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operating range:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Other vehiclesor objects may be blocking thesignal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” later inthis section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see your dealeror a qualified technician forservice.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allows forvehicle entry when the transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless AccessOperation” following.

The RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.

Other conditions can impact theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) System0 28.



With Power Liftgate Shown, WithoutSimilar

Q : Press to lock all doors. The turnsignal indicators may flash and/or thehorn may sound on the first press toindicate locking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 147.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors will lock and thedriver door will immediately unlock,if Open Door Anti-Lockout is enabled.See Vehicle Personalization 0 147.If the passenger door is open when Qis pressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 49.

If equipped with remote foldingmirrors, press and hold Q forone second to remotely fold themirrors, if enabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 147.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press K again within five seconds tounlock all doors. The RKE transmittercan be programmed to unlock alldoors on the first button press. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 147.

The turn signal indicators may flashto indicate unlocking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 147. When remotelyunlocking the vehicle at night, thelights come on briefly to light yourapproach to the vehicle.

Pressing K will disarm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 49.

If equipped with remote foldingmirrors, press and hold K forone second to remotely unfold themirrors, if enabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 147.

Press and hold K until the windowsfully open. Windows will not operateunless remote window operation isenabled. See Vehicle Personalization0 147.

/ : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold / for atleast four seconds to start the enginefrom outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See Remote VehicleStart 0 35.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirps threetimes. Press and hold 7 forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and the turnsignal lamps flash for 30 seconds,or until 7 is pressed again or thevehicle is started.

b : If equipped, press twice quicklyto open or close the liftgate.

Press once to stop the liftgate frommoving.



Keyless Access Operation

With the Keyless Access system, youcan lock and unlock the doors andaccess the liftgate without removingthe RKE transmitter from your pocket,purse, briefcase, etc. The RKEtransmitter should be within 1 m (3 ft)of the liftgate or door being opened.

Keyless Access can be programmed tounlock all doors on the first lock/unlock press from the driver door. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 147.

If equipped with memory seats, RKEtransmitters 1 and 2 are linked toseating positions of memory 1 or 2.See Memory Seats 0 65.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from theDriver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe driver door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock.

Driver Shown, Passenger Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more than five secondssince the first lock/unlock buttonpress.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has opened andall doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on that door handlewill unlock all doors. Pressing thelock/unlock button will cause all doorsto lock if either of the followingoccurs:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has opened andall doors are now closed.

Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking ofExterior Door Handles and Liftgate

If equipped, keyless unlocking of theexterior door handles and liftgate canbe disabled and enabled.

Disabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and hold Qand K on the RKE transmitter at thesame time for approximatelythree seconds. The turn signal lampswill flash four times quickly toindicate access is disabled. Using any



exterior handle to unlock the doors oropen the liftgate will cause the turnsignal lamps to flash four timesquickly, indicating access is disabled.If disabled, disarm the alarm systembefore starting the vehicle.

Enabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and hold Qand K on the RKE transmitter at thesame time for approximatelythree seconds. The turn signal lampswill flash twice quickly to indicateaccess is enabled.

Passive Locking

With Keyless Access this vehicle willlock several seconds after all doors areclosed if the vehicle is off and at leastone RKE transmitter has beenremoved or none remain in theinterior.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, the doorsmay lock with the RKE transmitter

inside the vehicle. Do not leave theRKE transmitter in an unattendedvehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see Vehicle Personalization0 147.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking

Temporarily disable passive locking bypressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or until threechimes are heard. Passive locking willthen remain disabled until Q on theinterior door is pressed, or until thevehicle is turned on.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off and anRKE transmitter is left in the vehicle,the horn will chirp three times afterall doors are closed. To turn on or off,see Vehicle Personalization 0 147.

Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert

If the vehicle is on, with a door open,and then all doors are closed, thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitter(s) inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will displayNO REMOTE DETECTED and the hornwill chirp three times.

This occurs only once each time thevehicle is driven.

To turn on or off, see VehiclePersonalization 0 147.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on the liftgatehandle to open the liftgate if the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Key Access

To access a vehicle with a weaktransmitter battery, see Door Locks0 36.



Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmed tothe vehicle will work. If a transmitteris lost or stolen, a replacement can bepurchased and programmed throughyour dealer.

The vehicle can be reprogrammed sothat lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can have upto seven transmitters matched to it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can be programmedto the vehicle when there are tworecognized transmitters.

To program, the vehicle must be offand all of the transmitters, bothcurrently recognized and new, mustbe with you.

1. Place the two recognizedtransmitters into the frontcupholder.

2. Remove the key lock cylinder capon the driver door handle. SeeDoor Locks 0 36. Insert thevehicle key of the transmitter

into the key lock cylinder on thedriver door and turn the keycounterclockwise, to the unlockposition, five times within10 seconds.

The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.

3. Place the new transmitter intothe front cupholder.

4. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter is learnedthe DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nexttransmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter from thefront cupholder. and press thetransmitter K or Q button.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press and holdENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

6. Return the key back into thetransmitter.

7. Replace the key lock cylindercap. See Door Locks 0 36.

Programming without RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up to eighttransmitters. This feature is notavailable in Canada. This procedurewill take approximately 30 minutes tocomplete. The vehicle must be off andall of the transmitters you wish toprogram must be with you.



1. Remove the key lock cylinder capon the driver door handle. SeeDoor Locks 0 36. Insert thevehicle key of the transmitterinto the key lock cylinder on thedriver door handle and turn thekey counterclockwise, to theunlock position, five times within10 seconds.

The DIC displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARN andthen press ENGINESTART/STOP.

The DIC display will again showREMOTE LEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during the nextsteps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FOR REMOTE # 1.

4. Place the new transmitter intothe front cupholder.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter is learnedthe DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter from thefront cupholder. and press thetransmitter K or Q button.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press and holdENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

7. Return the key back into thetransmitter.

8. Replace the key lock cylindercap. See Door Locks 0 36.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

When the vehicle is started, if thetransmitter battery is weak, the DICmay display NO REMOTE DETECTEDor NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTEDPLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTERPOCKET THEN START YOURVEHICLE. The DIC may also displayREPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.

To start the vehicle:



1. Place the transmitter in the frontcupholder.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brake pedaland ENGINE START/STOP.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Caution

When replacing the battery, do nottouch any of the circuitry on thetransmitter. Static from your bodycould damage the transmitter.

Replace the battery if the DIC displaysREPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.

1. Press the button on the side ofthe RKE transmitter near thebottom and pull the key out.Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the bottom centerof the transmitter. Do not usethe key slot.



3. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

4. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive side facingdown. Replace with a CR2032 orequivalent battery.

5. Align the front and back housingthen snap the transmittertogether.

6. Reinsert the key.

Remote Vehicle StartThis feature allows the engine to bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

/ : This button is on the RKEtransmitter for remote start.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during a remotestart. The rear defog may come onduring remote start based on coldambient conditions. The rear fogindicator light does not come onduring remote start.

If the vehicle has auto heated orventilated seats they may come onduring a remote start. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 68.

Laws in some local communities mayrestrict the use of remote starters. Forexample, some laws may require aperson using remote start to have thevehicle in view. Check localregulations for any requirements.

Do not use remote start if the vehicleis low on fuel. The vehicle may runout of fuel.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) System0 28.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on the RKEtransmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash. Theturn signal lamps flashingconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.

During the remote start thedoors will be locked and theparking lamps will remain on aslong as the engine is running.

The engine will shut off after15 minutes unless a timeextension is done or the ignitionis turned on.

3. With the RKE transmitter in thevehicle, press the brake pedaland start the vehicle to drive.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 15 minutes,if during the first 15 minutes



Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while theengine is still running. An extensioncan be requested 30 seconds afterstarting. This provides a total of30 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 15-minute period is addedon to the first 15 minutes for a totalof 30 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts, or aremote start with an extension, areallowed between ignition cycles.

The ignition must be turned on andthen off before the remote startprocedure can be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:

. The RKE transmitter is in thevehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

. The engine coolant temperature istoo high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts or astart with an extension havealready been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can be dangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily open thedoors and fall out of a movingvehicle. The doors can beunlocked and opened whilethe vehicle is moving. Thechance of being thrown out ofthe vehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors are notlocked. So, all passengersshould wear seat beltsproperly and the doors shouldbe locked whenever thevehicle is driven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A child canbe overcome by extreme heatand can suffer permanentinjuries or even death fromheat stroke. Always lock thevehicle whenever leaving it.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking the doorscan help prevent this fromhappening.

To lock/unlock the doors from outsidethe vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 28.

. Use the key in the key lockcylinder in the driver door. Thekey lock cylinder is covered witha cap.

To lock/unlock the doors from insidethe vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch. See Power Door Locks0 39.

. Pull once on the door handle tounlock the door and again to openthe door.

. On the rear doors, push down onthe door lock knob to lock thedoor manually.

Keyless Access

The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door beingopened.

To lock or unlock the vehicle from thedriver door:

. Press the button on the driverdoor handle once to unlock thedriver door only.

. Press the button again withinfive seconds to unlock all doors.

. Press the button a third time tolock all doors.

When leaving the vehicle, press thebutton on any door handle to lock alldoors. Auto Door Lock can be enabledor disabled. See Vehicle Personalization0 147.

To lock or unlock the vehicle from anypassenger door:

. Press the button on the passengerdoor handle. This will lock orunlock all doors.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 28.



Driver Door Key Lock CylinderAccess (In Case of Dead Battery)

To access the driver door key lockcylinder:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position and hold it openuntil the cap removal iscomplete.

2. Insert the key into the slot (3) onthe bottom of the cap (2) and liftthe key upward.

3. Move the cap (2) rearward andremove.

4. Use the key in the cylinder.

To replace the cap:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position and hold it openuntil the cap installation iscomplete.

2. Insert the two tabs (6) at theback of the cap between theseal (5) and the metal base (4).

3. Slide the cap forward and pressthe forward edge to install thecap in place.

4. Release the door handle.



5. Check that the cap is secure.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turns freelywhen either the wrong key is used,or the correct key is not fully inserted.The free-turning door lock featureprevents the lock from being forcedopen. To reset the lock, turn it to thevertical position with the correct keyfully inserted. Remove the key andinsert it again. If this does not resetthe lock, turn the key halfway aroundin the cylinder and repeat the resetprocedure.

Power Door Locks

Q : Press to lock the doors. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking of thedoors until five seconds after all doorsare closed.

Delayed locking can only be turned onwhen Open Door Anti-Lockout hasbeen turned off.

When Q is pressed on the power doorlock switch while the door is open, achime will sound three timesindicating delayed locking is active.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors are closed.If a door is reopened before that time,the five-second timer will reset whenall doors are closed again.

Press Q on the door lock switch again

or press Q on the RKE transmitter tolock the doors immediately.

This feature can also be programmed.See Vehicle Personalization 0 147.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, the ignitionis on, and the vehicle is shifted out ofP (Park).

If a vehicle door is unlocked and thenopened and closed, the doors will lockeither when your foot is removed fromthe brake or the vehicle speedbecomes faster than 13 km/h (8 mph).



To unlock the doors:

. Press K on the power door lockswitch.

. Shift the transmission intoP (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 147.

Lockout ProtectionIf the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power door lockswitch is pressed with the driver dooropen, all the doors will lock and onlythe driver door will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open, whenall doors are closed the vehicle willcheck for RKE transmitters inside.If an RKE transmitter is detected andthe number of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Open Door Anti-Lockout

If Open Door Anti-Lockout is turnedon and the vehicle is off, the driverdoor is open, and locking is requested,all the doors will lock and the driverdoor will remain open. Press thebutton again to lock the driver door.The Open Door Anti-Lockout featurecan be turned on or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 147.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

The safety lock is on the inside edgeof the rear doors. To use thesafety lock:

1. Move the lever toward the right.

2. Close the door.

3. Repeat for the other rear door.

To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Press K on the power door lockswitch or the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

2. Open the door from the outside.



When the safety lock is enabled,adults and older children will not beable to open the rear door from theinside. Cancel the safety locks toenable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Move the lever toward the left tounlock. Repeat for theother door.

Doors

Liftgate

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter the vehicleif it is driven with the liftgate ortrunk/hatch open, or with anyobjects that pass through the sealbetween the body and the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousness andeven death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See “ClimateControl Systems” in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equipped witha power liftgate, disable thepower liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 190.

Caution

To avoid damage to the liftgate orliftgate glass, make sure the areaabove and behind the liftgate isclear before opening it.



Manual Liftgate

To open the liftgate, press K on the

power door lock switch or press K onthe RKE transmitter twice to unlockall doors. Press the touch pad on theunderside of the liftgate handle andlift up.

Use the pull cup to lower and closethe liftgate. Do not press the touchpad while closing the liftgate. This willcause the liftgate to be unlatched.

For Keyless Access, the RKEtransmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)of the liftgate to automatically unlockit. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 28.

The liftgate has an electric latch.If the battery is disconnected or haslow voltage, the liftgate will not open.The liftgate will resume operationwhen the battery is reconnected andcharged.

Always close the liftgate beforedriving.

Power Liftgate Operation

{ Warning

You or others could be injured ifcaught in the path of the powerliftgate. Make sure there is no onein the way of the liftgate as it isopening and closing.

Caution

Driving with an open andunsecured liftgate may result indamage to the power liftgatecomponents.

The power liftgate switch is on thedriver door. The vehicle must be inP (Park).

The modes are:

MAX : Opens to maximum height.



3/4 : Opens to a reduced height thatcan be set from 3/4 to fully open. Useto prevent the liftgate from openinginto overhead obstructions such as agarage door or roof-mounted cargo.The liftgate can be manually openedall the way.

OFF : Opens manually only.

To power open or close the liftgate,select MAX or 3/4 mode.

. Pressb twice quickly on the RKEtransmitter until the liftgatemoves.

. Press8 on the driver door. Thedriver door must either beunlocked or locked without thesecurity armed.

. Press the touch pad on theunderside of the liftgate handleafter unlocking all doors. A lockedvehicle can be opened if the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe touch pad.

. Pressl on the bottom of theliftgate next to the pull cup toclose.

Press any liftgate button, or the touchpad, orb on the RKE transmitterwhile the liftgate is moving to stop it.Pressing any liftgate button again orpressingb twice quickly on the RKEtransmitter restarts the operation inthe reverse direction. Pressing thetouch pad on the liftgate handle willrestart the motion, but only in theopening direction.

Caution

Manually forcing the liftgate toopen or close during a power cyclecan damage the vehicle. Allow thepower cycle to complete.

The power liftgate may be temporarilydisabled under extreme lowtemperatures, or after repeated powercycling over a short period of time.If this occurs, the liftgate can still beoperated manually.

If the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park)while the power function is inprogress, the liftgate will continue tocompletion. If the vehicle isaccelerated before the liftgate hascompleted moving, the liftgate maystop or reverse direction. Check forDriver Information Center (DIC)messages and make sure the liftgate isclosed and latched before driving.

Falling Liftgate Detection

If the power liftgate automaticallycloses after a power opening cycle, itindicates that the system is reacting



to excess weight on the liftgate or apossible support strut failure.A repetitive chime will sound whilethe falling liftgate detection feature isoperating. Remove any excess weight.If the liftgate continues toautomatically close after opening, seeyour dealer for service before usingthe power liftgate.

Interfering with the power liftgatemotion or manually closing theliftgate too quickly after poweropening may resemble a support strutfailure. This could also activate thefalling liftgate detection feature. Allowthe liftgate to complete its operationand wait a few seconds beforemanually closing the liftgate.

Obstacle Detection Features

If the liftgate encounters an obstacleduring a power open or close cycle,the liftgate will automatically reversedirection and move a short distanceaway from the obstacle. Afterremoving the obstruction, the powerliftgate operation can be used again.If the liftgate encounters multipleobstacles on the same power cycle,

the power function will deactivate.After removing the obstructions,manually close the liftgate. This willallow normal power operationfunctions to resume.

If the vehicle is locked while theliftgate is closing, and an obstacle isencountered that prevents the liftgatefrom completely closing, the horn willsound as an alert that the liftgate didnot close.

Pinch sensors are on the side edges ofthe liftgate. If an object is caughtbetween the liftgate and the vehicleand presses against a sensor, theliftgate will reverse direction and openfully. The liftgate will remain openuntil it is activated again or closedmanually.

Setting the 3/4 Mode

To change the position the liftgatestops at when opening:

1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode andpower open the liftgate.

2. Stop the liftgate movement atthe desired height by pressingany liftgate button. Manuallyadjust the liftgate position ifneeded.

3. Press and holdl next to thepull cup on the bottom of theliftgate until the turn signalsflash and a beep sounds. Thisindicates the setting has beenrecorded.

The liftgate cannot be set below aminimum programmable height.If there is no light flash or sound,then the height adjustment may betoo low.

Manual Operation

Select OFF to manually operate theliftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at thebeginning of this section.

Caution

Attempting to move the liftgate tooquickly and with excessive forcemay result in damage to thevehicle.



Operate the liftgate manually with asmooth motion and moderate speed.The system includes a feature whichlimits the manual closing speed toprotect the components.

Hands-Free Operation

If equipped, the liftgate may beoperated with a kicking motion underthe left corner of the rear bumper atthe location of the projected logo.

The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the rear bumper tooperate the power liftgate hands-free.

The hands-free feature will not workwhile the liftgate is moving. To stopthe liftgate while in motion use one ofthe liftgate switches.

Length of Kick Zone

Kick Zone Direction

To operate, kick your foot straight upin one swift motion under the leftcorner of the rear bumper at thelocation of the projected logo, thenpull it back.

Caution

Splashing water may cause theliftgate to open. Keep the RKEtransmitter away from the rearbumper detection area or turn theliftgate mode to OFF when cleaningor working near the rear bumper toavoid accidental opening.

. Do not sweep your foot sideto side.

. Do not keep your foot under thebumper; the liftgate will notactivate.

. Do not touch the liftgate until ithas stopped moving.


46 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS. This feature may be temporarily

disabled under some conditions.If the liftgate does not respond tothe kick, open or close the liftgateby another method or start thevehicle. The feature will bere-enabled.

When closing the liftgate using thisfeature, there will be a short delay.The taillamps will flash and a chimewill sound. Step away from the liftgatebefore it starts moving.

Projected Logo

If equipped with this feature, a vehiclelogo will be projected for one minuteonto the ground near the rear bumperwhen an RKE transmitter is detectedwithin approximately 2 m (6 ft). Theprojected logo may not be visibleunder brighter daytime conditions.

1. 1 m (3 ft) Hands-FreeOperation Detection Zone

2. 2 m (6 ft) Projected LogoDetection Zone

The projected logo shows where thekicking motion is to take place.

The projected logo will only beavailable for this RKE transmitter afterit has been out of range for at least20 seconds.

If an RKE transmitter is againdetected within approximately 2 m(6 ft) of the liftgate, or anotherhands-free operation has beendetected, the one-minute timer will bereset.

The projected logo will not workunder these conditions:

. The vehicle battery is low.

. The transmission is not inP (Park).

. Hands Free Liftgate Control is setto Off in vehicle personalization.See Vehicle Personalization 0 147.

. The power liftgate is turned off.

. The vehicle remains parked for72 hours or more, with no RKEtransmitter use or Keyless Accessoperation. To re-enable, press anybutton on the RKE transmitter oropen and close a vehicle door.

The projected logo will not work for asingle RKE transmitter when atransmitter:

. Has been left withinapproximately 5 m (15 ft) of theliftgate for several minutes.

. Has been left inside the vehicleand all vehicle doors are closed.

. Has approached the area outsideof the liftgate five times within10 minutes.



Lens Cleaning

Use a soft, damp cloth to clean therecessed lens.



Hands-Free Liftgate and Projected Logo Availability

Action Hands-Free Liftgate Projected Logo

RKE transmitter entering projected logodetection zone

Operative On for one minute

RKE transmitter left inside projectedlogo detection zone for minimum of10 minutes

Operative Off until RKE transmitter button pressor a door is opened and closed

RKE transmitter brought in and out ofprojected logo detection zone five timesor more within 10 minutes

Operative Off for one hour or until RKEtransmitter button press or a door isopened and closed

Vehicle remains parked for more than72 hours

Operative Off until RKE transmitter button pressor a door is opened and closed

Vehicle battery is low Non-operative Off

Transmission is not in P (Park) Non-operative Off

Power liftgate is turned off Non-operative Off

Hands-free liftgate is disabled invehicle personalization

Non-operative Off



Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on the instrumentpanel near the windshield, indicatesthe status of the system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is secured duringthe delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the liftgateis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Close the liftgate and the hood.Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press theinside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating the alarmsystem is operating. Pressing Qon the RKE transmitter a secondtime will bypass the 30-seconddelay and immediately arm thealarm system.

The vehicle alarm system will not armif the doors are locked with the key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started,or the door is not unlocked bypressing K on the RKE transmitterduring the 10-second pre-alarm, thealarm will be activated.

The alarm will also be activated if apassenger door, the liftgate, or thehood is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the turn signalsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.



To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use the KeylessAccess system.

Unlocking the driver door with the keywill not disarm the system or turn offthe alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed and the horn chirpsand the lights flash three times, thealarm was activated while the alarmsystem was armed.

If the alarm system has beenactivated, a message will appear onthe DIC.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement 0 347.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the ignition is on or inACC/ACCESSORY and a validtransmitter is present in the vehicle.

The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is a problemwith arming or disarming thetheft-deterrent system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in yourvehicle. Only a correctly matched RKE

transmitter will start the vehicle.If the transmitter is ever damaged,you may not be able to start yourvehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light may come on brieflywhen the ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the vehicle will not change ignitionmodes (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), andthe RKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter.Or, you may try placing thetransmitter in the front cupholderlocated in the center console.

If the ignition mode will not changewith the other transmitter or in thefront cupholder, your vehicle needsservice. If the ignition does changemodes, the first transmitter may befaulty. See your dealer who can servicethe theft-deterrent system and have anew RKE transmitter programmed tothe vehicle.



It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementRKE transmitters. Up to eighttransmitters can be programmed forthe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 28.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If you cuttoo sharply into the right lane, youcould hit a vehicle on the right.Check the inside mirror or glanceover your shoulder before changinglanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen from thedriver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust a mirror:

1. Press} or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

Memory Mirrors

The vehicle may have memorymirrors. See Memory Seats 0 65.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)

The vehicle may have LCA. See LaneChange Alert (LCA) 0 229.



Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)

The vehicle may have Side Blind ZoneAlert. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 229.

Turn Signal Indicator

The vehicle may have a turn signalindicator on the mirror housings. Theindicator will flash when turn signalor hazard warning flashers are used.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

If equipped, manually fold the mirrorsinward toward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through anautomatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Power Folding Mirrors

If equipped, press to power fold themirrors. Press again to unfold.

Resetting the Power FoldingMirrors

Reset the power folding mirrors if:

. The mirrors are accidentallyobstructed while folding.

. They are accidentally manuallyfolded/unfolded.

. The mirrors do not stay in theunfolded position.

. The mirrors vibrate at normaldriving speeds.

Fold and unfold the mirrors one timeusing the mirror controls to resetthem to their normal position. A noisemay be heard during the resetting ofthe power folding mirrors. This soundis normal after a manual foldingoperation.

Remote Folding Mirrors

If equipped, press and hold Q on theRKE transmitter for approximatelyone second to automatically fold theexterior mirrors. Press and hold K onthe RKE transmitter for approximatelyone second to unfold. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) System Operation0 28.

This feature is turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 147.

Heated MirrorsK : Press to heat the mirrors.



See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate Control System0 164.

Automatic Dimming MirrorIf the vehicle has the automaticdimming mirror, the driver outsidemirror automatically adjusts for theglare of headlamps behind you.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tilts toa preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). This allowsthe curb to be seen when parallelparking.

The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about 30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 147.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror. Use a soft towel dampenedwith water.

Manual Rearview MirrorIf equipped, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlamps frombehind. The dimming feature comeson when the vehicle is started.

Rear Camera MirrorIf equipped, this automatic dimmingmirror provides a wide angle cameraview of the area behind the vehicle.

Pull the tab to turn on the display.Push the tab to turn it off. When offthe mirror is automatic dimming.Adjust the mirror for a clear view ofthe area behind the vehicle while thedisplay is off.



Press V to scroll through theadjustment options.

Presst andu to adjust the settingsusing the indicators on the mirror.The indicators will remain visible forfive seconds after the last buttonactivation, and the settings willremain saved.

The adjustment options are:

. Brightness

. Zoom

. Tilt



{ Warning

The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) hasa limited view. Portions of the road,vehicles, and other objects may notbe seen. Do not drive or park thevehicle using only this camera.Objects may appear closer thanthey are. Check the outside mirrorsor glance over your shoulder whenmaking lane changes or merging.Failure to use proper care mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage.

Troubleshooting

See your dealer for service if a bluescreen and3 are displayed in themirror, and the display shuts off. Also,push the tab as indicated to return tothe automatic dimming mode.

The Rear Camera Mirror may not workproperly or display a clear image if:

. There is glare from the sun orheadlamps. This may obstructobjects from view.

. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocksthe camera lens. Clean the lenswith a soft damp cloth, or ifequipped, with the Rear CameraWasher. See Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 119.

. The camera’s mounting on thevehicle has been damaged, and/orthe position or the mounting angleof the camera has changed.



Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helpless adult,or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windows closedin warm or hot weather. They canbe overcome by the extreme heatand suffer permanent injuries oreven death from heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in a

pulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce the sound,open either a front window or thesunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriously injuredor killed if caught in the path of aclosing window. Never leave theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter in a vehicle withchildren. When there are children inthe rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to prevent operationof the windows. See Keys 0 27.

The power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 187.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.



Window Lockout

This feature stops the rear passengerwindow switches from working.

. Press2 to engage the rearwindow lockout feature. Theindicator light is on when engaged.

. Press2 again to disengage.

Window Express Movement

All windows can be opened withoutholding the window switch. Press theswitch down fully and quickly releaseto express open the window.

If equipped, pull the window switchup fully and quickly release to expressclose the window.

Briefly press or pull the windowswitch in the same direction to stopthat window’s express movement.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature will reversewindow movement if it comes incontact with an object. Extreme coldor ice could cause the window toauto-reverse. The window will operatenormally after the object or conditionis removed.

Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged. Beforeusing automatic reversal system

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

override, make sure that all peopleand obstructions are clear of thewindow path.

When the engine is on, override theautomatic reversal system by pullingand holding the window switch ifconditions prevent it from closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary if thevehicle battery has been disconnectedor discharged. If the window is unableto express-up, program eachexpress-close window:

1. Close all doors.

2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed. Then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window has fullyclosed.



4. Open the window and continueto press the switch briefly afterthe window has fully opened.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature allows allwindows to be opened remotely.If enabled in vehicle personalization,press and hold K on the RKEtransmitter. See Vehicle Personalization0 147.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to block glare.Detach the sun visor from the centermount to pivot to the side windowand, if equipped, extend along the rod.

Roof

SunroofIf equipped, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) must be activeto operate the sunroof.See Ignition Positions 0 182 andRetained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 187.

1. Sunroof Switch2. Sunshade Switch

Sunroof Express Operation : Pressand releasee (1) to vent. Press andrelease again to move to the partially

opened comfort stop position. Pressand release again to express-open tothe fully opened position. Press andreleasee (1) at any time to stop

movement. Press and releaseg (1)to express-close. Press and releaseg (1) at any time to stopmovement.

Sunroof Manual Operation : Thesunroof can change to manual modeby holdinge (1) while opening. The

sunroof will now open as long ase(1) is held. Press and releasee (1)again to change back to expressoperation.

Power Sunshade ExpressOperation : Press and releaseC (2)to express-open the sunshade. Pressand releaseC (2) at any time to stop

movement. Press and releaseQ (2)to express-close the sunshade. Pressand releaseQ (2) at any time tostop movement.

Power Sunshade ManualOperation : The sunshade can changeto manual mode by holdingC (2)



while opening. The sunroof will nowopen as long asC (2) is held. Press

and releaseC (2) again to changeback to express operation.

The sunroof cannot be opened orclosed if the vehicle has an electricalfailure.

Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof and power sunshade havean automatic reversal system that isonly active when the sunroof andpower sunshade, if equipped, areoperated in express-close mode.

If an object is in the path whileexpress-closing, the reversal systemwill detect an object, stop, and openthe sunroof or power sunshade again.

If frost or other conditions preventclosing, override the feature by closingthe sunroof or power sunshade inmanual mode. To stop movement,release the switch.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loose debris.Wipe the sunroof seal and roof sealingarea using a clean cloth, mild soap,and water. Do not remove grease fromthe sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into thewater drainage system, this is normal.


60 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

Seats and Restraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Front SeatsPower Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 63Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Replacing Seat Belt System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . 81When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . 84How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . 84What Will You See after an AirbagInflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . 86Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . 90

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Infants and Young Children . . . . . . 93Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 96Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . 97Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . . . . 98

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107


SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 61

Head RestraintsFront Seats

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinalinjury in a crash. Do not drive untilthe head restraints for all occupantsare installed and adjusted properly.

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button located on the side ofthe head restraint, and pull up orpush the head restraint down, andrelease the button. Pull and push onthe head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it is lockedin place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.

Rear Seats

Adjusting the Rear Head Restraint

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.



The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraint upto raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it is lockedin place.

To lower the head restraint, press thebutton, located on the top of theseatback, and push the head restraintdown. Try to move the head restraintafter the button is released to makesure that it is locked in place.

Folding the Rear Head Restraint

The head restraint can be foldedrearward to allow for better visibilitywhen the rear seat is unoccupied.

To fold the head restraint, press thebutton on the side of the headrestraint.

The head restraint will fold rearwardautomatically.

When an occupant or child restraint isin the seat, always return the headrestraint to the full upright position.Pull the head restraint up and forwarduntil it locks into place. Push and pullon the head restraint to make surethat it is locked.

Always adjust the head restraint sothat the top of the restraint is at thesame height as the top of theoccupant's head.

If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see “Securing a ChildRestraint Designed for the LATCHSystem” under Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCH System)0 98.



Front Seats

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of the vehicleif you try to adjust a driver seatwhile the vehicle is moving. Adjustthe driver seat only when thevehicle is not moving.

{ Warning

The power seats will work with theignition off. Children could operatethe power seats and be injured.Never leave children alone in thevehicle.

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward or rearwardby sliding the control forward orrearward.

. Raise or lower the front part of theseat cushion by moving the frontof the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

Lumbar Adjustment

Base Lumbar Adjustment

If equipped, press and hold the frontor rear of the control to increase ordecrease lumbar support.

Uplevel Lumbar and BolsterAdjustment

To adjust the lumbar or bolster,if equipped.



1. Feature Select2. Up (lumbar only)3. Rearward4. Down (lumbar only)5. Forward

. Move Feature Select (1) to displaylumbar and bolster adjustmentson the center stack. Press andrelease or hold to scroll throughfeatures.

. Press Up (2) to make upwardlumbar adjustments.

. Press Rearward (3) to makerearward adjustments of theselected feature.

. Press Down (4) to make downwardlumbar adjustments.

. Press Forward (5) to make forwardadjustments of the selectedfeature.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckled up,the seat belts cannot do their job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it will bein front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up over yourabdomen. The belt forces would bethere, not at your pelvic bones. Thiscould cause serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit well backin the seat and wear the seat beltproperly.

Do not have a seatback reclined if thevehicle is moving.



To adjust a seatback:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

Memory Seats

If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to save and recall their uniqueseat positions for driving the vehicle,and a shared exit position for gettingout of the vehicle. Other featurepositions may also be saved, such aspower mirrors and power steeringwheel, if equipped. Memory positionsare linked to RKE transmitter 1 or 2for automatic memory recalls.

Before saving, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn theignition on and then press and releaseSET; a beep will sound. Thenimmediately press and hold 1, 2,

orB (Exit) until two beeps sound.To manually recall these positions,press and hold 1, 2, orB until thesaved position is reached. Follow theinstructions under “Saving MemoryPositions.”

The vehicle identifies the currentdriver’s RKE transmitter number (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 28. Only RKEtransmitters 1 and 2 can be used forautomatic memory recalls. A DriverInformation Center (DIC) welcomemessage indicating the transmitternumber may display for the first fewignition cycles following a transmitterchange. For Seat Entry Memory towork properly, save the positions tothe memory button (1 or 2) matchingthe RKE transmitter number displayedin the DIC welcome message. Carrythe linked RKE transmitter whenentering the vehicle.

Memory adjustments may not beavailable upon delivery or after serviceuntil steps in “Saving MemoryPositions” section are performed.



Vehicle Personalization Settings

. To have the Seat Entry Memorymovement begin when the vehicleis started, select the Settingsmenu, then Vehicle, then SeatingPosition, and then Seat EntryMemory. Select On or Off. See“Seat Entry Memory” later in thissection.

. Seat Exit Memory movementbegins when the ignition is turnedoff and the driver door is opened,or when the ignition is turned offwith the driver door alreadyopened, select the Settings menu,then Vehicle, then SeatingPosition, and then Seat ExitMemory. Select On or Off. See“Seat Exit Memory” later in thissection.

. See Vehicle Personalization 0 147for additional setting information.

Identifying Driver Number

To identify the driver number:

1. Start the vehicle with a differentkey or RKE transmitter. The DICshould display the driver

number; 1 or 2. Turn the ignitionoff and remove the key or RKEtransmitter from the vehicle.

2. Start the vehicle with the initialkey or RKE transmitter. The DICshould display the other drivernumber not shown in Step 1.

Saving Memory Positions

Read these instructions completelybefore saving memory positions.

To save preferred driving positions1 and 2:


A DIC welcome message mayindicate driver number 1 or 2.

2. Adjust all available memoryfeatures to the desired drivingposition.

3. Press and release SET; a beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold the1 or 2 memory button matchingthe above DIC welcome messageuntil two beeps sound.

If too much time passes betweenreleasing SET and pressing 1, thememory position will not besaved and two beeps will notsound. Repeat Steps 3 and 4.

1 or 2 corresponds to the drivernumber. See “Identifying DriverNumber” previously in thissection.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 1 or 2.

To save the position forB and SeatExit Memory, repeat Steps 1–4 usingB. This saves the position for gettingout of the vehicle.

Save preferred memory featurepositions to both 1 and 2 if you arethe only driver.

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB to recallthe previously saved memorypositions.



To stop Manual Memory Recallmovement, release 1, 2, orB or pressany of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET

. Power mirror, with the driver orpassenger side mirror selected

. Power steering wheel, if equipped

Seat Entry Memory

The vehicle identifies the number ofthe current driver’s RKE transmitter(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 28. If the RKEtransmitter is 1 or 2, and Seat EntryMemory is programmed on in vehiclepersonalization, the positions saved tothe same memory button number 1 or2 are automatically recalled when theignition is turned on, or turned fromoff to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKEtransmitters 3–8 will not provideautomatic memory recalls.

To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off,see "Vehicle Personalization Settings"previously in this section and VehiclePersonalization 0 147.

The shift lever must be in P (Park) tostart Seat Entry Memory. Seat EntryMemory will complete if the vehicle isshifted out of P (Park) prior toreaching the saved memory position.

To stop Seat Entry Memorymovement, turn the ignition off orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



If the saved memory seat positiondoes not automatically recall or recallsto the wrong positions, the driver’sRKE transmitter number (1 or 2) maynot match the memory buttonnumber that positions were saved to.Try saving the position to the othermemory button or try the other RKEtransmitter.

Seat Exit Memory

Seat Exit Memory is not linked to anRKE transmitter. The position saved toB is used for all drivers. To turn SeatExit Memory on or off, see "VehiclePersonalization Settings" previously inthis section and Vehicle Personalization0 147.

If turned on, the position saved toBis automatically recalled when one ofthe following occurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

To stop Seat Exit Memory movement,press any of the following memorycontrols:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB





Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or power steering wheelwhile recalling a memory position, therecall may stop. Remove theobstruction and try the recall again.If the memory position still does notrecall, see your dealer for service.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. To reducethe risk of burns, use care whenusing the seat heater, especially forlong periods of time. Do not placeanything on the seat that insulatesagainst heat, such as a blanket,cushion, cover, or similar item. Thismay cause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seat heatermay cause a burn or may damagethe seat.

Uplevel Buttons Shown, Base ButtonsSimilar

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the engine must berunning.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger cushion and seatback.

PressC or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat.

Press the button once for the highestsetting. With each press of the button,the seat will change to the next lowersetting, and then to the off setting.The indicator lights above the buttons

indicate three for the highest settingand one for the lowest. If the frontheated seats are on high, the levelmay automatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

A ventilated seat has a fan that pullsor pushes air through the seat. The airis not cooled.

The passenger seat may take longer toheat up.

Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats

If the vehicle is equipped with autoheated or ventilated seats, and theengine is running, this feature willautomatically activate the heated orventilated seats at the level requiredby the vehicle's interior temperature.

The active high, medium, low, or offheated or ventilated seat level will beindicated by the manual heated andventilated seat buttons on the centerstack. Use the manual heated andventilated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated or ventilatedseats off. If the passenger seat isunoccupied, the auto heated orventilated seats feature will notactivate that seat. The auto heated



and ventilated seats feature can beprogrammed to always be enabledwhen the vehicle is on. If equippedwith a heated steering wheel, the autoheated steering wheel activation willfollow the heated seat auto activationand the heated wheel indicator willfollow the state of the steeringwheel heat.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 147.

Remote Start Heated and VentilatedSeats

If equipped, the heated seats will turnon automatically during a remotestart if it is cold outside and theventilated seats will turn onautomatically if it is hot outside.If equipped, the heated steering wheelwill turn on automatically during aremote start if it is cold outside. Theheated and ventilated seat indicatorsand heated steering wheel indicatormay not come on during thisoperation.

The heated and ventilated seats andheated steering wheel may cancelwhen the vehicle is started. Thesefeatures can be manually selectedafter the ignition is turned on.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced. Thisis normal.

The heated or ventilated seats will notturn on during a remote start unlessthey are enabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35 andVehicle Personalization 0 147.

MassageIf equipped, the ignition must be onto use the massage feature.

Press the massage button once for thehighest setting. With each press of thebutton, the massage will change tothe next lower setting, and then to theoff setting.

. Move Feature Select (1) to displaymassage adjustments on thecenter stack. Press and release orhold to scroll through features.

. Press Up (2) to make upwardadjustments.


70 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS. Press Rearward (3) to make

rearward adjustments.

. Press Down (4) to make downwardadjustments.

. Press Forward (5) to make forwardadjustments.

The massage feature will turn off afterapproximately 10 minutes. Press themassage button to restart the massagefeature.

Rear SeatsRear Seat Reminder

If equipped, the message REAR SEATREMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEATdisplays under certain conditionsindicating there may be an item orpassenger in the rear seat. Checkbefore exiting the vehicle.

This feature will activate when asecond row door is opened while thevehicle is on or up to 10 minutesbefore the vehicle is turned on. Therewill be an alert when the vehicle isturned off. The alert does not directlydetect objects in the rear seat; instead,under certain conditions, it detectswhen a rear door is opened andclosed, indicating that there may besomething in the rear seat.

The feature is active only once eachtime the vehicle is turned on and off,and will require reactivation byopening and closing the second rowdoors. There may be an alert evenwhen there is nothing in the rear seat;for example, if a child entered the

vehicle through the rear door and leftthe vehicle without the vehicle beingshut off.

The feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 147.

Manually Folding the Seatbacks

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

1. Place the front seatbacks in theupright position. See RecliningSeatbacks 0 64.

2. Lower the rear head restraint.See Head Restraints 0 61.



3. Pull on the lever on the top ofthe seatback to unlock it andfold the seatback forward.

For outboard seatbacks, a tabnear the seatback lever movesforward when the seatback isunlocked.

Raising the Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could cause

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

injury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the seat belts are properlyrouted and attached, and are nottwisted.

To raise the seatback:

1. Push the seatback rearward untilit locks in the upright position.

For outboard seats, a tab nearthe seatback lever retracts whenthe seatback is locked in place.

2. Make sure the rear seat belts arein the belt guide and are nottwisted or caught between theseat cushion and the seatback.

Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. See theWarning under Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 68.



If equipped, the rear heated seatbuttons are on the rear of the centerconsole.

Press M or L to heat the leftoutboard or right outboard seat. Pressthe button once for the highestsetting. With each press of the button,the seat will change to the next lowersetting, and then to the off setting.The indicator lights below the buttonsindicate three for the highest settingand one for the lowest.

Seat BeltsThis section describes how to use seatbelts properly, and some things notto do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where a seatbelt cannot be worn properly. In acrash, if you or your passenger(s)are not wearing seat belts, injuriescan be much worse than if you arewearing seat belts. You can beseriously injured or killed by hittingthings inside the vehicle harder orby being ejected from the vehicle.In addition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area, inside or outside of avehicle. In a collision, passengersriding in these areas are more likelyto be seriously injured or killed. Do

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

not allow passengers to ride in anyarea of the vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, and checkthat all passenger(s) are restrainedproperly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts. SeeSeat Belt Reminders 0 129.

Why Seat Belts Work



When riding in a vehicle, you travel asfast as the vehicle does. If the vehiclestops suddenly, you keep going untilsomething stops you. It could be thewindshield, the instrument panel,or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together. Thereis more time to stop because you stopover a longer distance and, when wornproperly, your strongest bones takethe forces from the seat belts. That iswhy wearing seat belts makes suchgood sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being conscious duringand after a crash, so you canunbuckle and get out, is muchgreater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seat belts?

A: Airbags are supplemental systemsonly. They work with seat belts—not instead of them. Whether ornot an airbag is provided, alloccupants still have to buckle upto get the most protection.

Also, in nearly all states and in allCanadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyFollow these rules for everyone'sprotection.

There are additional things to knowabout seat belts and children,including smaller children and infants.If a child will be riding in the vehicle,see Older Children 0 92 or Infants andYoung Children 0 93. Review andfollow the rules for children inaddition to the following rules.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who are wearingseat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front ofyou (if possible).

. Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,



this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could cause seriousor even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restraining forces.The shoulder belt locks if there isa sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearing yourseat belt properly.

Never allow the lap or shoulder belt tobecome loose or twisted.

Never wear the shoulder belt underboth arms or behind your back.



Always use the correct buckle for yourseating position.

Never route the lap or shoulder beltover an armrest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see “Seats”in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not let itget twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lock ifyou pull the belt across you veryquickly. If this happens, let thebelt go back slightly to unlock it.Then pull the belt across youmore slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may be engaged.If this happens, let the belt goback all the way and start again.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 86.



3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If the beltis not long enough, see Seat BeltExtender 0 78.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. SeeShoulder Belt Height Adjuster

later in this section forinstructions on use andimportant safety information.

5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt should returnto its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly. If theseat belt webbing returns quickly tothe stowed position, the retractor maylock and cannot be pulled out. If thishappens, pull the seat belt straight outfirmly to unlock the webbing, andthen release it. If the webbing is stilllocked in the retractor, see yourdealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a door isslammed against a seat belt, damagecan occur to both the seat belt andthe vehicle.



Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder belt heightadjuster for the driver and frontoutboard passenger seating positions.

Adjust the height so that the shoulderportion of the belt is on the shoulderand not falling off of it. The beltshould be close to, but not contacting,the neck. Improper shoulder beltheight adjustment could reduce theeffectiveness of the seat belt in acrash. See How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly 0 73.

Move the height adjuster up to thedesired position by pushing up on theheight adjuster.

Press the release button to lower theheight adjuster. After the heightadjuster is set to the desired position,try to move it down without pressingthe release button to make sure it haslocked into position.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, they arepart of the seat belt assembly. Theycan help tighten the seat belts duringthe early stages of a moderate tosevere frontal, near frontal, or rearcrash if the threshold conditions forpretensioner activation are met. Seatbelt pretensioners can also helptighten the seat belts in a side crashor a rollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash, thepretensioners and probably otherparts of the vehicle's seat belt system

will need to be replaced. See ReplacingSeat Belt System Parts after a Crash0 79.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicle orat any time while sitting in the seat.Sitting on the seat belt can damagethe webbing and hardware.

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

Rear seat belt comfort guides mayprovide added seat belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt, thecomfort guide positions the shoulderbelt away from the neck and head.

The comfort guides for the second rowoutboard seating positions of thisvehicle are provided in a package inthe glovebox or cargo area.Instructions are included with theguides.

Additional comfort guides areavailable through your dealer for therear seating positions. Instructions areincluded with the guide.



Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely to beseriously injured if they do not wearseat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lap portionshould be worn as low as possible,below the rounding, throughout thepregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus is toprotect the mother. When a seat beltis worn properly, it is more likely that

the fetus will not be hurt in a crash.For pregnant women, as for anyone,the key to making seat belts effectiveis wearing them properly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you an extender.When you go in to order it, take theheaviest coat you will wear, so theextender will be long enough for you.To help avoid personal injury, do notlet someone else use it, and use itonly for the seat it is made to fit. Theextender has been designed for adults.Never use it for securing childrestraints. For more information onthe proper use and fit of seat beltextenders see the instruction sheetthat comes with the extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder belt heightadjusters (if equipped), and seat belt

anchorages to make sure they are allin working order. Look for any otherloose or damaged seat belt systemparts that might keep a seat beltsystem from performing properly. Seeyour dealer to have it repaired. Torn,frayed, or twisted seat belts may notprotect you in a crash. Torn or frayedseat belts can rip apart under impactforces. If a belt is torn or frayed, haveit replaced immediately. If a belt istwisted, it may be possible to untwistby reversing the latch plate on thewebbing. If the twist cannot becorrected, ask your dealer to fix it.

Make sure the seat belt reminder lightis working. See Seat Belt Reminders0 129.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. See SeatBelt Care 0 78.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

Seat belts should be properly cared forand maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be kept dryand free of dust or debris. Asnecessary, exterior hard surfaces and



seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dust ordebris in the mechanism. If dust ordebris exists in the system please seethe dealer. Parts may need to bereplaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, they mightnot be able to provide adequateprotection. Clean and rinse seat beltwebbing only with mild soap andlukewarm water. Allow the webbingto dry.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help make surethe seat belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary. Butthe seat belt assemblies that wereused during any crash may have beenstressed or damaged. See your dealerto have the seat belt assembliesinspected or replaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat belt systemwas not being used at the time of thecrash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicle orwhile you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 130.



Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the following airbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A knee airbag for the driver.

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impact airbagfor the driver

. A seat-mounted side impact airbagfor the front outboard passenger

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seated directlybehind the driver

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directly behindthe front outboard passenger

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a label nearthe deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the center of the steering wheelfor the driver and on the instrumentpanel for the front outboardpassenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG ison the lower part of the instrumentpanel.

For seat-mounted side impact airbags,the word AIRBAG is on the side of theseat closest to the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seat belts.Even though today's airbags are alsodesigned to help reduce the risk ofinjury from the force of an inflatingbag, all airbags must inflate veryquickly to do their job.

Here are the most important things toknow about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are not designedto inflate in every crash. In somecrashes seat belts are the onlyrestraint. See When Should anAirbag Inflate? 0 83.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to theseat belts. Everyone in the vehicleshould wear a seat belt properly,whether or not there is an airbagfor that person.



{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink of aneye, anyone who is up against,or very close to, any airbag when itinflates can be seriously injured orkilled. Do not sit unnecessarilyclose to any airbag, as you would beif sitting on the edge of the seat orleaning forward. Seat belts helpkeep you in position before andduring a crash. Always wear a seatbelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts and thefront outboard passenger airbagsare most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat with both feet on the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag when itinflates can be seriously injured orkilled. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 92 orInfants and Young Children 0 93.

There is an airbag readiness light onthe instrument cluster, which showsthe airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 130.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passenger frontalairbag is in the passenger sideinstrument panel.



The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger SideSimilar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted side impactairbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger SideSimilar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, and secondrow outboard passengers are in theceiling above the side windows.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, the airbagmight not inflate properly or itmight force the object into thatperson causing severe injury oreven death. The path of an inflating

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

airbag must be kept clear. Do notput anything between an occupantand an airbag, and do not attach orput anything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any other airbagcovering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roof ofa vehicle with roof-rail airbags byrouting a rope or tie‐down throughany door or window opening. If youdo, the path of an inflating roof-railairbag will be blocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped with airbags.See Airbag System 0 80. Airbags aredesigned to inflate if the impactexceeds the specific airbag system'sdeployment threshold. Deploymentthresholds are used to predict how

severe a crash is likely to be in timefor the airbags to inflate and helprestrain the occupants. The vehiclehas electronic sensors that help theairbag system determine the severityof the impact. Deployment thresholdscan vary with specific vehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal or nearfrontal crashes to help reduce thepotential for severe injuries, mainly tothe driver's or front outboardpassenger's head and chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed or moving,rigid or deformable, narrow or wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, rearimpacts, or many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle has advancedtechnology frontal airbags. Advancedtechnology frontal airbags adjust therestraint according to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflate inmoderate to severe frontal ornear-frontal impacts. Knee airbags arenot designed to inflate during vehiclerollovers, in rear impacts, or in manyside impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbags aredesigned to inflate in moderate tosevere side crashes depending on thelocation of the impact. Seat-mountedside impact airbags are not designedto inflate in frontal impacts, nearfrontal impacts, rollovers, or rearimpacts. A seat-mounted side impactairbag is designed to inflate on theside of the vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the location ofthe impact. In addition, these roof-railairbags are designed to inflate duringa rollover or in a severe frontalimpact. Roof-rail airbags are notdesigned to inflate in rear impacts.Both roof-rail airbags will inflate when



either side of the vehicle is struck,if the sensing system predicts that thevehicle is about to roll over on itsside, or in a severe frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of the vehicledamage or the repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break out ofthe cover. The inflator, the airbag, andrelated hardware are all part of theairbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 81.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal or nearfrontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steering

wheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contact theinside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts by distributingthe force of the impact more evenlyover the occupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help contain the head andchest of occupants in the outboardseating positions in the first andsecond rows. The rollover capableroof-rail airbags are designed to helpreduce the risk of full or partialejection in rollover events, althoughno system can prevent all suchejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarily becausethe occupant's motion is not towardthose airbags. See When Should anAirbag Inflate? 0 83.

Airbags should never be regarded asanything more than a supplement toseat belts.

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates?After frontal, knee, and seat-mountedside impact airbags inflate, theyquickly deflate, so quickly that somepeople may not even realize theairbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags maystill be at least partially inflated forsome time after they inflate. Somecomponents of the airbag module maybe hot for several minutes. Forlocation of the airbags, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 81.

The parts of the airbag that come intocontact with you may be warm, butnot too hot to touch. There may besome smoke and dust coming fromthe vents in the deflated airbags.Airbag inflation does not prevent thedriver from seeing out of thewindshield or being able to steer thevehicle, nor does it prevent peoplefrom leaving the vehicle.



{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, there maybe dust in the air. This dust couldcause breathing problems forpeople with a history of asthma orother breathing trouble. To avoidthis, everyone in the vehicle shouldget out as soon as it is safe to doso. If you have breathing problemsbut cannot get out of the vehicleafter an airbag inflates, then getfresh air by opening a window or adoor. If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off the fuelsystem after the airbags inflate. Thefeature may also activate, withoutairbag inflation, after an event thatexceeds a predetermined threshold.After turning the ignition off and thenon again, the fuel system will return

to normal operation; the doors can belocked, the interior lamps can beturned off, and the hazard warningflashers can be turned off using thecontrols for those features. If any ofthese systems are damaged in thecrash they may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflate theairbags may have also damagedimportant functions in the vehicle,such as the fuel system, brake andsteering systems, etc. Even if thevehicle appears to be drivable aftera moderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that could makeit difficult to safely operate thevehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.

Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbag inflates,you will need some new parts forthe airbag system. If you do notget them, the airbag system willnot be there to help protect you inanother crash. A new system willinclude airbag modules andpossibly other parts. The servicemanual for the vehicle covers theneed to replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after a crash.See Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy 0 348 and Event DataRecorders 0 349.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.



Passenger Sensing SystemThe vehicle has a passenger sensingsystem for the front outboardpassenger position. The passengerairbag status indicator will light onthe overhead console when the vehicleis started.

The words ON and OFF will be visibleduring the system check. When thesystem check is complete, either theword ON or OFF will be visible. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 130.

The passenger sensing system turnsoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbag isaffected by the passenger sensingsystem.

The passenger sensing system workswith sensors that are part of the frontoutboard passenger seat and seat belt.The sensors are designed to detect thepresence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag should be allowed toinflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured in arear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great, if theairbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the passenger frontal airbag

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

inflates. This is because the back ofthe rear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflating airbag.A child in a forward-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat is ina forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint in thefront outboard passenger seat,always move the seat as far back asit will go. It is better to secure childrestraints in the rear seat. Consider

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

using another vehicle to transportthe child when a rear seat is notavailable.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag if:

. The front outboard passenger seatis unoccupied.

. The system determines an infantis present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passenger takeshis/her weight off of the seat for aperiod of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or the passengersensing system.

When the passenger sensing systemhas turned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag, the OFF indicator will light andstay lit as a reminder that the airbagsare off. See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 130.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag, anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensing systemhas allowed the airbag to be enabled,the ON indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbags areactive.

For some children, including childrenin child restraints, and for very smalladults, the passenger sensing systemmay or may not turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag, depending upon theperson's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle who hasoutgrown child restraints should weara seat belt properly— whether or notthere is an airbag for that person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrong withthe airbag system. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 130 formore information, includingimportant safety information.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag, if the system determinesthat an infant is present in a childrestraint. If a child restraint has beeninstalled and the ON indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.



3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directions providedby the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (With theSeat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 107or Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 105.

Make sure the seat belt retractoris locked by pulling the shoulderbelt all the way out of theretractor when installing thechild restraint, even if the childrestraint is equipped with a seatbelt lock off. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the ON indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seat

cushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatback isnot pushing the child restraintinto the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped under thevehicle head restraint. If thishappens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 61.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system may ormay not turn off the airbag for a childin a child restraint depending uponthe child’s size. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat. Neverput a rear-facing child restraint in thefront seat, even if the ON indicator isnot lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat, butthe OFF indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag:




2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way, thechild restraint locking featurewill be engaged. This mayunintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system to turnthe airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way, andthen buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and have theperson remain in this positionfor two to three minutes after theON indicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbag willnot be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboard passengerseat, if the passenger airbag OFFindicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passenger inposition on the seat during vehiclemaneuvers and braking, which helpsthe passenger sensing systemmaintain the passenger airbag status.See “Seat Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such as seatcovers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing system operates.We recommend that you not use seatcovers or other aftermarket equipmentexcept when approved by GM for yourspecific vehicle. See Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 90 formore information about modificationsthat can affect how the systemoperates.

The ON indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or other electronicdevice, is put on an unoccupied seat.If this is not desired, remove theobject from the seat.

{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.



Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicle shouldbe serviced. There are parts of theairbag system in several places aroundthe vehicle. Your dealer and theservice manual have informationabout servicing the vehicle and theairbag system. To purchase a servicemanual, see Publication OrderingInformation 0 346.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and the batteryis disconnected, an airbag can stillinflate during improper service. Youcan be injured if you are close to anairbag when it inflates. Avoidyellow connectors. They areprobably part of the airbag system.Be sure to follow proper serviceprocedures, and make sure theperson performing work for you isqualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheet metalmay keep the airbag system fromworking properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing,including improperly repairing orreplacing, any parts of the following:

. Airbag system, including airbagmodules, front or side impactsensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule, or airbag wiring

. Front seats, including stitching,seams or zippers

. Seat belts

. Steering wheel, instrument panel,overhead console, ceiling trim,or pillar garnish trim

. Inner door seals, includingspeakers

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the location ofthe airbag modules and sensors,

sensing and diagnostic module, andairbag wiring along with the properreplacement procedures.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position, whichincludes sensors that are part of thepassenger seat. The passenger sensingsystem may not operate properly ifthe original seat trim is replaced withnon-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; orwith GM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pad ordevice, installed under or on top ofthe seat fabric, could also interferewith the operation of the passengersensing system. This could eitherprevent proper deployment of thepassenger airbag(s) or prevent thepassenger sensing system fromproperly turning off the passengerairbag(s). See Passenger SensingSystem 0 86.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tires andWheels 0 295 for additional importantinformation.



If the vehicle must be modifiedbecause you have a disability and havequestions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicle ismodified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. See CustomerAssistance Offices 0 339.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 130.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbag maynot work properly. Do not open orbreak the airbag coverings. If thereare any opened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbag coveringand/or airbag module replaced. For

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the location of the airbags, seeWhere Are the Airbags? 0 81. Seeyour dealer for service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle. A damagedairbag system may not properlyprotect you and your passenger(s)in a crash, resulting in seriousinjury or even death. To help makesure the airbag systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. See yourdealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 130.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear the vehicle’sseat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no, returnto the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Doesthe shoulder belt rest on theshoulder? If yes, continue. If no,try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 75. If acomfort guide is not available, or ifthe shoulder belt still does not reston the shoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low and snugon the hips, touching the thighs?If yes, continue. If no, return tothe booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no, returnto the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way to wearseat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulder belt

can provide. The shoulder beltshould not cross the face or neck.The lap belt should fit snuglybelow the hips, just touching thetop of the thighs. This applies beltforce to the child's pelvic bones ina crash. It should never be wornover the abdomen, which couldcause severe or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 75.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can be thrownout of the vehicle. Older children needto use seat belts properly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one child towear the same seat belt. The seatbelt cannot properly spread theimpact forces. In a crash, they can

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

be crushed together and seriouslyinjured. A seat belt must be used byonly one person at a time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear the seatbelt with the shoulder belt behindtheir back. A child can be seriouslyinjured by not wearing thelap-shoulder belt properly. In a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

crash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt. Thechild could move too far forwardincreasing the chance of head andneck injury. The child might alsoslide under the lap belt. The beltforce would then be applied righton the abdomen. That could causeserious or fatal injuries. Theshoulder belt should go over theshoulder and across the chest.

Infants and Young ChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither the distancetraveled nor the age and size of thetraveler changes the need, foreveryone, to use safety restraints. Infact, the law in every state in theUnited States and in every Canadianprovince says children up to some agemust be restrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injured orstrangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor, butit cannot do this if it is wrappedaround a child’s neck. If theshoulder belt is locked and

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

tightened around a child’s neck, theonly way to loosen the belt is tocut it.

Never leave children unattended ina vehicle and never allow childrento play with the seat belts.

Every time infants and young childrenride in vehicles, they should have theprotection provided by appropriatechild restraints. Neither the vehicle'sseat belt system nor its airbag systemis designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriate restraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag when itinflates can be seriously injured orkilled. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front outboard seat.Secure a rear-facing child restraintin a rear seat. It is also better tosecure a forward-facing childrestraint in a rear seat. If you mustsecure a forward-facing childrestraint in the front outboard seat,always move the front passengerseat as far back as it will go.



Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimes calledchild seats or car seats.

There are three basic types of childrestraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rear-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint, thereare many different models available.When purchasing a child restraint, besure it is designed to be used in amotor vehicle. If it is, the restraint willhave a label saying that it meetsfederal motor vehicle safety standards.The restraint manufacturer'sinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight and heightlimitations for a particular childrestraint. In addition, there are manykinds of restraints available forchildren with special needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck and headinjury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularseat belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should. Instead,it may settle up around the child'sabdomen. In a crash, the belt wouldapply force on a body area that isunprotected by any bony structure.This alone could cause serious orfatal injuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children should alwaysbe secured in appropriate childrestraints.



Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts to keepthe infant positioned in the restraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child's bodywith the harness.

Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat is usedfor children who have outgrown theirforward-facing child restraint.Boosters are designed to improve thefit of the vehicle's seat belt systemuntil the child is large enough for thevehicle seat belts to fit properlywithout a booster seat. See the seatbelt fit test in Older Children 0 92.



Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be secured inthe vehicle. Child restraints must besecured in vehicle seats by lap belts orthe lap belt portion of a lap-shoulderbelt, or by the LATCH system. SeeLower Anchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 98 for moreinformation. Children can beendangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured in thevehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructions thatcome with the restraint which may beon the restraint itself or in a booklet,or both, and to this manual. The childrestraint instructions are important,so if they are not available, obtain areplacement copy from themanufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecured childrestraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified Child PassengerSafety Technicians (CPSTs) areavailable to inspect and demonstratehow to correctly use and install childrestraints. In the U.S., refer to theNational Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the child properlyfollowing the instructions thatcame with that child restraint.

Where to Put the RestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured in arear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child restraintin the front. This is because the riskto the rear-facing child is so great ifthe airbag deploys.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front passenger airbaginflates. This is because the back ofthe rear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflating airbag.A child in a forward-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front passenger airbaginflates and the passenger seat is ina forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, no systemis fail-safe. No one can guaranteethat an airbag will not deploy undersome unusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbag isoff. If you secure a forward-facingchild restraint in the front seat,always move the front passenger

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seat as far back as it will go. It isbetter to secure the child restraintin a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System 0 86for additional information.

When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seats varyconsiderably in size, and some may fitin certain seating positions betterthan others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be able toaccess adjacent seat belts or LATCHanchors for additional passengers orchild restraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if thechild restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of theseat belt.

Wherever a child restraint is installed,be sure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andsecure the child restraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecured childrestraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in the vehicle.The LATCH system is designed tomake installation of a child restrainteasier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing child



seats can be properly installed usingeither the LATCH anchors or thevehicle’s seat belts. Do not use boththe seat belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child and thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seat besecured with the LATCH system, thiscan be done as long as the boosterseat can be positioned properly andthere is no interference with theproper positioning of the lap-shoulderbelt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint, andalso the instructions in this manual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also use eitherthe lower anchors or the seat belts toproperly secure the child restraint.A child restraint must never beinstalled using only the top tether andanchor.

The LATCH anchorage system can beused until the combined weight of thechild plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat belt aloneinstead of the LATCH anchoragesystem once the combined weight ismore than 29.5 kg (65 lbs).

See Securing Child Restraints (With theSeat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 107 orSecuring Child Restraints (With the SeatBelt in the Rear Seat) 0 105.

Child restraints built after March 2014will be labeled with the specific childweight up to which the LATCH systemcan be used to install the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions havelower anchors. In this case, the seatbelt must be used (with top tetherwhere available) to secure the childrestraint.See Securing Child Restraints (With theSeat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 107 orSecuring Child Restraints (With the SeatBelt in the Rear Seat) 0 105.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars builtinto the vehicle. There are two loweranchors for each LATCH seatingposition that will accommodate achild restraint with lowerattachments (2).



Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3,4) is used to secure thetop of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tetheranchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have a singletether (3) or a dual tether (4). Eitherwill have a single attachment hook (2)to secure the top tether to the anchor.

Some child restraints that have a toptether are designed for use with orwithout the top tether being attached.Others require the top tether always tobe attached. In Canada, the lawrequires that forward-facing childrestraints have a top tether, and thatthe tether be attached. Be sure to readand follow the instructions for yourchild restraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

I : Seating positions with top tetheranchors.

H : Seating positions with two loweranchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, on theseatback near the crease between theseatback and the seat cushion.



The outboard lower anchors arebehind the vertical openings in theseat trim.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchor symbolis near the anchors.

The top tether anchors are on theback of the rear seatbacks. Removethe cargo cover before installing the

top tether. The cargo cover can bereplaced after the top tether isproperly installed. Be sure to use ananchor on the same side of the vehicleas the seating position where the childrestraint will be placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchor ifa national or local law requires thatthe top tether be attached, or if theinstructions that come with the childrestraint say that the top tether mustbe attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a child restraintsystem or infant restraint systemsecured in a rear seating position. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 97 foradditional information.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCH System

{ Warning

A child could be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly attached tothe vehicle using either the LATCHanchors or the vehicle seat belt.Follow the instructions that camewith the child restraint and theinstructions in this manual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, do notattach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachment tocome loose or even break during acrash. A child or others could beinjured.



{ Warning

Children can be seriously injured orstrangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor, butit cannot do this if it is wrappedaround a child’s neck. If theshoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck, theonly way to loosen the belt is tocut it.

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way out ofthe retractor to set the lock, andtighten the belt behind the childrestraint after the child restrainthas been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCH attachmentsrub against the vehicle’s seat belts.This may damage these parts.If necessary, move buckled seatbelts to avoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

Do not fold the rear seatback whenthe seat is occupied. Do not fold theempty rear seat with a seat beltbuckled. This could damage theseat belt or the seat. Unbuckle andreturn the seat belt to its stowedposition, before folding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 97.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lower attachmentsor the desired seating positiondoes not have lower anchors,secure the child restraint withthe top tether and the seat belts.

Refer to the child restraintmanufacturer instructions andthe instructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors forthe desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

For rear outboard seatingpositions, if the headrestraint interferes with theproper installation of thechild restraint, the headrestraint may be removed.See “Head RestraintRemoval andReinstallation” at the endof this section.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached, attachand tighten the top tether to thetop tether anchor, if equipped.



Refer to the child restraintinstructions and the followingsteps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.

2.2. Open the cover,if equipped, to access thetop tether anchors.

2.3. Remove the cargo coverbefore installing the toptether. The cargo cover canbe replaced after the toptether is properly installed.

2.4. Route and tighten the toptether according to yourchild restraint instructionsand the followinginstructions:

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using a singletether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using a singletether, raise the headrestor head restraint and routethe tether under theheadrest or head restraintand in between theheadrest or head restraintposts.



If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, raise the headrestor head restraint and routethe tether under theheadrest or head restraintand around the headrest orhead restraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at theLATCH path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. There should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for properinstallation.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The rear outboard head restraints canbe removed if they interfere with theproper installation of the childrestraint.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats 0 70 foradditional information.

2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the same time,and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in asecure place.

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinalinjury in a crash. Do not drive untilthe head restraints for all occupantsare installed and adjusted properly.

To reinstall the head restraint:



1. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches on theposts must face the driver side ofthe vehicle.

2. Push the head restraint down.

If necessary, press the heightadjustment release button tofurther lower the head restraint.See Head Restraints 0 61.

3. Try to move the head restraint tomake sure that it is locked inplace.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint, resultingin serious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure theLATCH system is working properly

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

after a crash, see your dealer tohave the system inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during a crash,new LATCH system parts may beneeded.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCH systemwas not being used at the time of thecrash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System) 0 98 for

how and where to install the childrestraint using LATCH. If a childrestraint is secured in the vehicleusing a seat belt and it uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System) 0 98 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchor ifa national or local law requires thatthe top tether be anchored, or if theinstructions that come with the childrestraint say that the top tether mustbe anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints have atop tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seat beltto secure the child restraint. Be sureto follow the instructions that camewith the child restraint.

If more than one child restraint needsto be installed in the rear seat, be sureto read Where to Put the Restraint 0 97.



1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation ofthe child restraint, the headrestraint may be removed. See"Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation" under LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 98.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's seat belt through oraround the child restraint. Thechild restraint instructions willshow you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful to useyour knee to push down on thechild restraint as you tightenthe belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.



6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 98.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at theseat belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and letit return to the stowed position. If thetop tether is attached to a top tetheranchor, disconnect it.

If the head restraint was removed,reinstall it before the seating positionis used. See "Head Restraint Removaland Reinstallation" underLowerAnchors and Tethers for Children

(LATCH System) 0 98 for additionalinformation on installing the headrestraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat isa safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 97.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal and kneeairbag under certain conditions.See Passenger Sensing System 0 86 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 130for more information, includingimportant safety information.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great, if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint would bevery close to the inflating airbag.A child in a forward-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbag(s)are off. If you secure a

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint in thefront outboard passenger seat,always move the seat as far back asit will go. It is better to secure thechild restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System 0 86for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 98 for toptether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchor ifa national or local law requires thatthe top tether be anchored, or if theinstructions that come with the childrestraint say that the top tether mustbe anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints have atop tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal andknee airbag, the off indicator onthe passenger airbag statusindicator should light and stay litwhen you start the vehicle. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 130.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's seat belt through or

around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.



5. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful to useyour knee to push down on thechild restraint as you tightenthe belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at theseat belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

If the airbags are off, the off indicatorin the passenger airbag statusindicator will come on and stay onwhen the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 86.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and letit return to the stowed position.


110 STORAGE

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 110Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . 111Umbrella Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Roof Rack SystemRoof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Storage Compartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharp objectsin storage compartments. In acrash, these objects may cause thecover to open and could result ininjury.

Glove Box

Lift the handle to open the glove box.Close until it latches. Use the vehiclekey to lock or unlock. See Keys 0 27.

Front Storage

To open the front storagecompartment, slide the cover forward.There are two USB ports inside. Toclose, push the cover forward andlet go.


STORAGE 111

Sunglasses Storage

If equipped, sunglasses storage is onthe overhead console. Press the fixedbutton on the cover and release toaccess.

Armrest StorageFor vehicles with a rear seat armrest,pull the rear seat armrest forward toaccess the cupholders with removableliner.

Rear Storage

There is storage in the floor of therear cargo area. Lift the handle toaccess.

Center Console Storage

Press the button to access the storagearea in front of the armrest cover.

There is a 12-volt power outlet inside.

If equipped, there are two charge-onlyUSB ports on the rear of the centerconsole.


112 STORAGE

There is a wireless smartphonecharger in the front of the consolestorage. See Wireless Charging 0 121.

Umbrella Storage

Slide a compact umbrella no longerthat 60 mm (2.36 in) in diameter intothe opening on the driver orpassenger door.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Cover

{ Warning

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash. Store the cargocover securely or remove it fromthe vehicle.

{ Warning

Do not place objects on the cargocover. Sudden stops or turns cancause objects to be thrown in thevehicle. You or others could beinjured.


STORAGE 113

If equipped, the cargo cover can beused to cover items in the cargo area.

Installing the Cargo Cover

1. Slide the cargo cover into thetwo front corner brackets until itsnaps in place.

2. Attach the cords to the fixedretainers on the liftgate.

Removing the Cargo Cover

To remove, disengage the cords andpull the cover out of the vehicle.

Cargo Tie-Downs

The vehicle has four cargo tie-downsin the rear compartment.

Roof Rack System

{ Warning

If something is carried on top of thevehicle that is longer or wider thanthe roof rack— like paneling,plywood, or a mattress— the windcan catch it while the vehicle isbeing driven. The item being carriedcould be violently torn off, and thiscould cause a collision and damagethe vehicle. Never carry somethinglonger or wider than the roof rackon top of the vehicle unless using aGM certified accessory carrier.

If equipped, the roof rack can be usedto load items. For roof racks that donot have crossrails included, GMcertified crossrails can be purchasedas an accessory. See your dealer.


114 STORAGE

Caution

Loading cargo on the roof rack thatweighs more than 100 kg (220 lb) orhangs over the rear or sides of thevehicle may damage the vehicle.Load cargo so that it rests evenlybetween the crossrails, making sureto fasten cargo securely.

To prevent damage or loss of cargowhen driving, check to make surecrossrails and cargo are securelyfastened. Loading cargo on the roofrack will make the vehicle’s center of

gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,sudden starts, sharp turns, suddenbraking, or abrupt maneuvers;otherwise it may result in loss ofcontrol. If driving for a long distance,on rough roads, or at high speeds,occasionally stop the vehicle to makesure the cargo remains in its place. Donot exceed the maximum vehiclecapacity when loading the vehicle. Formore information on vehicle capacityand loading, see Vehicle Load Limits0 178.


INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 115

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . 116Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . 116Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . 116Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . 117Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . 119Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . 130Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 131Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Brake System Warning Light . . . . 133Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . 134Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

All-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light . . . 135Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . 136Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 136Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Driver Mode Control Light . . . . . . . 137Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . 138Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 139Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . 143

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . 147Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . 147

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . . . . 147

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . . . . . 152Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155


116 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Controls

Steering Wheel AdjustmentManual Steering Wheel

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.


Power Tilt and Telescoping SteeringWheel

Press the control to move the tilt andtelescoping steering wheel up anddown or forward and rearward.


Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steering wheelcontrols. See "Steering WheelControls" in the infotainment manual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped with a heated steeringwheel, press to turn on or off. Anindicator light next to the button is litwhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.

If equipped with a remote start heatedsteering wheel and auto heated seats,the heated steering wheel will turn onautomatically in remote start alongwith the heated seats when it is cold



outside. The heated steering wheelindicator light may not come on. SeeHeated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 68.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel pad tosound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

Windshield Wiper with Rainsense(AUTO Shown), If Equipped

Windshield Wiper without Rainsense(INT Shown)

With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the windshieldwiper lever to select the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

AUTO : If equipped with Rainsense,use this setting for intermittent wipeswhen Rainsense is disabled,or Rainsense wipes when Rainsense isenabled. For intermittent wipes, movethe windshield wiper lever to AUTO,then turn the band up for morefrequent wipes or down for lessfrequent wipes. If Rainsense is turnedon, see “Rainsense” later in thissection.

INT : If equipped with intermittentwipers only, move the windshieldwiper lever to INT. Turn the band upfor more frequent wipes or down forless frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.



1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

f : Pull the windshield wiper levertoward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thewindshield wiper lever is released,additional wipes may occur dependingon how long the windshield washerhas been activated. See Washer Fluid0 263 for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should be replaced.See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 267.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. See Electrical SystemOverload 0 272.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or AUTO withRainsense turned off, they willimmediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driver door isopened or within 10 minutes, thewipers will restart and move to thebase of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing or Rainsense, thewipers continue to run until theyreach the base of the windshield.

Rainsense

If equipped with Rainsense and thefeature is turned on, a sensor near thetop center of the windshield detectsthe amount of water on thewindshield and controls the frequencyof the windshield wiper based on thecurrent sensitivity setting.

Keep this area of the windshield clearof debris to allow for best systemperformance.

AUTO : Move the windshield wiperlever to AUTO. Turn the band on thewiper lever to adjust the sensitivity.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the AUTO position todeactivate Rainsense.

To turn the Rainsense feature on oroff, see “Rain Sense Wipers” underVehicle Personalization 0 147.

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash,move the windshield wiper lever toOFF. This disables the automaticRainsense windshield wipers.



With Rainsense, if the transmission isin N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed isvery slow, the wipers willautomatically stop at the base of thewindshield.

The wiper operations return to normalwhen the transmission is no longer inN (Neutral) or the vehicle speed hasincreased.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not use thewasher until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washer fluidcan form ice on the windshield,blocking your vision.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

The rear window wiper/washercontrols are on the end of thewindshield wiper lever.

Turn the controls to adjust thesetting.

OFF : Turns the wiper off.

INT : Turns on the rear wiper with adelay between wipes.

ON : Turns on the rear wiper.

1 : Push the windshield wiperlever forward to spray washer fluid onthe rear window and the rear cameralens, if equipped. See Rear CameraMirror 0 53. The wipers will clear the

rear window and either stop or returnto your preset speed. For more washercycles, push and hold the lever.

The rear window wiper/washer willnot operate if the liftgate is open orajar. If the liftgate is opened while therear wiper is on, the wiper returns tothe parked position and stops.

Rear Wiper Arm AssemblyProtection

When using an automatic car wash,move the rear wiper control to OFF todisable the rear wiper. In somevehicles, if the transmission is inN (Neutral) and the vehicle speed isvery slow, the rear wiper willautomatically park under the rearspoiler.

The wiper operations return to normalwhen the transmission is no longer inN (Neutral) or the vehicle speed hasincreased.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

If the rear wiper control is off, the rearwiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the transmission isin R (Reverse), and the front



windshield wiper is performing low orhigh speed wipes. If the rear wipercontrol is off, the transmission is inR (Reverse), and the front windshieldwiper is performing INT wipes, thenthe rear wiper automatically performsINT wipes.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 147.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield, rear window,and Rear Camera Mirror, if equipped.See Rear Camera Mirror 0 53. Checkthe fluid level in the reservoir if eitherwasher is not working. See WasherFluid 0 263.

Rear Camera Washer

If equipped, push the windshieldwiper lever forward to spray washerfluid on the rear camera lens. Thelever returns to its starting positionwhen released. See Rear Camera Mirror0 53.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receives itsheading and other information fromthe Global Positioning System (GPS)antenna, StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC), and vehiclespeed information.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number of milesor degrees of turn before needing asignal from the GPS satellites. Whenthe compass display shows CAL, drivethe vehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive a GPSsignal. The compass system willautomatically determine when a GPSsignal is restored and provide aheading again.

ClockThe time and date for the clock can beset using the infotainment system. See“Time/Date” in “System“ under“Settings” in the infotainment manual.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlet can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has three accessory poweroutlets: one at the front of the centerconsole, one under the armrest, andone in the rear cargo area.



Certain accessory power plugs maynot be compatible with the accessorypower outlet and could overloadvehicle or adapter fuses. If a problemis experienced, see your dealer.

When adding electrical equipment, besure to follow the proper installationinstructions included with theequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 247.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment from thepower outlet can cause damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty.The power outlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, such ascell phone charge cords.

Always unplug electrical equipmentwhen not in use and do not plug inequipment that exceeds the maximum15 amps rating.

Wireless ChargingThe vehicle may have wirelesscharging in the storage bin under thearmrest. The system operates at145 kHz and wirelessly charges one Qicompatible smartphone. The poweroutput of the system is capable ofcharging at a rate up to 3 amp (15W),as requested by the smartphone. SeeRadio Frequency Statement 0 347.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medical devices.If you have one, it is recommendedto consult with your doctor beforeusing the wireless charging system.

The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) must be active. Thewireless charging feature may notcorrectly indicate charging when thevehicle is in RAP. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 187.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone.

{ Warning

Remove all objects from thecharging pad before charging yourcompatible smartphone. Objects,such as coins, keys, rings, paperclips, or cards, between thesmartphone and charging pad willbecome very hot. On the rareoccasion that the charging systemdoes not detect an object, and theobject gets wedged between thesmartphone and charger, removethe smartphone and allow theobject to cool before removing itfrom the charging pad, to preventburns.



To charge a compatible smartphone:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pad. The system maynot charge if there are anyobjects between the smartphoneand charging pad.

2. Place the smartphone face up onthe@ symbol on thecharging pad.

To maximize the charge rate,ensure the smartphone is fullyseated and centered in the holderwith nothing under it. A thicksmartphone case may preventthe wireless charger from

working, or may reduce thecharging performance. See yourdealer for additional information.

3. A green} next to theV willappear on the infotainmentdisplay. This indicates that thesmartphone is properlypositioned and charging.

If the} turns yellow, ensurethat the charging pad is clear ofany objects and that thesmartphone is capable ofwireless charging beforere-positioning it.

If the} does not illuminate,the smartphone may need to berepositioned. To reposition, turnthe smartphone 180 degrees andwait three seconds beforeplacing/aligning it on the padagain.

Software Acknowledgements

Certain Wireless Charging Moduleproduct from LG Electronics, Inc.("LGE") contains the open sourcesoftware detailed below. Refer to the

indicated open source licenses (as areincluded following this notice) for theterms and conditions of their use.

OSS Notice Information

To obtain the source code that iscontained in this product, please visithttp://opensource.lge.com. In additionto the source code, all referred licenseterms, warranty disclaimers andcopyright notices are available fordownload. LG Electronics will alsoprovide open source code to you onCD-ROM for a charge covering thecost of performing such distribution(such as the cost of media, shipping,and handling) upon email request [email protected]. This offer isvalid for three (3) years from the dateon which you purchased the product.

Freescale-WCT library

Copyright (c) 2012-2014 FreescaleSemiconductor, Inc.. All rightsreserved.

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, this list of conditions andthe following disclaimer.



2. Redistributions in binary formmust reproduce the abovecopyright notice, this list ofconditions and the followingdisclaimer in the documentationand/or other materials providedwith the distribution.

3. Neither the name of thecopyright holder nor the namesof its contributors may be usedto endorse or promote productsderived from this softwarewithout specific prior writtenpermission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BYTHE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ANDCONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANYEXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AREDISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALLTHE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ORCONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANYDIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,

PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTEGOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESSINTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSEDAND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICTLIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THEUSE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IFADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OFSUCH DAMAGE.

Cigarette LighterIf equipped with a cigarette lighter, itis in the center console near thecupholders. Press on the access doorto open it and use the lighter.

To use the cigarette lighter, push it in,and let go. When it is ready, it willpop back out by itself.

Caution

Holding a cigarette lighter in whileit is heating does not let the lighterback away from the heating

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

element when it is hot. Damagefrom overheating can occur to thelighter or heating element, or a fusecould be blown. Do not hold acigarette lighter in while it isheating.

AshtraysIf equipped, the ashtray is in thecenter console cupholder.

Caution

If papers, pins, or other flammableitems are put in the ashtray, hotcigarettes or other smokingmaterials could ignite them andpossibly damage the vehicle. Neverput flammable items in the ashtray.

To remove the ashtray, pull it fromthe cupholder. Push it back down tobe sure it is secure.



Warning Lights, Gauges,and IndicatorsWarning lights and gauges can signalthat something is wrong before itbecomes serious enough to cause anexpensive repair or replacement.Paying attention to the warning lightsand gauges could prevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started to indicatethey are working. When one of thewarning lights comes on and stays onwhile driving, or when one of thegauges shows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Waiting to do repairs can becostly and even dangerous.



Instrument Cluster

English Base Level Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



English Uplevel Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display area inthe center of the instrument cluster.

Use the right steering wheel control toopen and scroll through the differentitems and displays.

Press S or T to access the clusterapplications. Use the thumbwheel toscroll through the list of availablefeatures within the applications. Notall applications or features will beavailable on all vehicles.

. Info App. This is where theselected Driver Information Center(DIC) displays can be viewed. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 140.

. Audio

. Navigation

. Phone

. Options

Audio

In the Audio menu browse for music,select from the favorites, or changethe audio source. Use the thumbwheelto change the station or go to the nextor previous track.

Navigation

If there is an active route, press thethumbwheel to cancel or resume routeguidance, or turn the voice promptson or off.

Phone

In the Phone menu, if there is noactive phone call, view recent calls,or scroll through contacts. If there isan active call, mute the phone orswitch to handset operation.

Options

Use the thumbwheel to scroll throughitems in the Options menu.

Head-up Display (HUD) (Uplevel) :If equipped, this feature allows foradjusting the angle of the HUD imageand changing or turning off the SpeedLimit Sign.

HUD Rotation (Uplevel): Press thethumbwheel while Adjust Rotation ishighlighted to enter Adjust Mode.Scroll to adjust the angle of the HUDdisplay. Press the thumbwheel toconfirm and save the setting. Thisfeature may only be available inP (Park).

Speed Sign: If equipped, press thethumbwheel while Speed Sign ishighlighted to turn it on or off.



Units : Choose English or metric unitsby pressing the thumbwheel while thedesired item is highlighted.

Info Page Options : Press thethumbwheel to select the items to bedisplayed in the Info app. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 140.

Display : Press the thumbwheel toenter the Display menu. Select to turnon or off the speedometer, time, fuelrange, or, if equipped, compass orspeed sign.

Speed Warning : The Speed Warningdisplay allows the driver to set awarning at a speed that they do notwant to exceed. To set the SpeedWarning press the thumbwheel whenSpeed Warning is displayed. Use thethumbwheel to adjust the value andpress to set the speed.

Once the speed is set, this feature canbe turned off by pressing thethumbwheel while viewing this page.If the selected speed limit is exceeded,a pop-up warning is displayed with achime.

Software Information : Displays opensource software information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows the vehicle'sspeed in either kilometers per hour(km/h) or miles per hour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven since the tripodometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 140.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions per minute (rpm).

For vehicles with the Stop/Startsystem, when the ignition is on, thetachometer indicates the vehiclestatus. When pointing to AUTO STOP,

the engine is off but the vehicle is onand can move. The engine could autostart at any time. When the indicatorpoints to OFF, the vehicle is off.

When the engine is on, thetachometer will indicate the engine’srevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetachometer may vary by severalhundred rpm’s, during Auto Stopmode, when the engine is shutting offand restarting.

Fuel Gauge

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how much fuelis left in the tank.



There is an arrow near the fuel gaugepointing to the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There still isa little fuel left, but the vehicle shouldbe refueled soon.

Here are four things that some ownersask about. None of these show aproblem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuel tofill up than the gauge indicated.For example, the gauge may haveindicated the tank was half full,but it actually took a little more orless than half the tank's capacityto fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few seconds tostabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back to emptywhen the ignition is turned off.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

English Shown, Metric Similar

This gauge measures the temperatureof the vehicle's engine.

While driving under normal operatingconditions, if the red LED isilluminated, the engine is too hot. Pulloff the road, stop the vehicle, and turnoff the engine as soon as possible.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, this lightflashes and a chime may come on toremind the driver to fasten their seatbelt. Then the light stays on soliduntil the belt is buckled. This cyclemay continue several times if thedriver remains or becomes unbuckledwhile the vehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. See PassengerSensing System 0 86.



When the vehicle is started, this lightflashes and a chime may come on toremind passengers to fasten their seatbelt. Then the light stays on soliduntil the belt is buckled. This cyclecontinues several times if thepassenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle is moving.

If the passenger seat belt is buckled,neither the chime nor the lightcomes on.

The front passenger seat belt reminderlight and chime may turn on if anobject is put on the seat such as abriefcase, handbag, grocery bag,laptop, or other electronic device. Toturn off the reminder light and/orchime, remove the object from theseat or buckle the seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners, theairbag modules, the wiring, and thecrash sensing and diagnostic module.For more information on the airbagsystem, see Airbag System 0 80.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when the vehicle isstarted. If the light does not come onthen, have it fixed immediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it means

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags in thevehicle might not inflate in a crash,or they could even inflate without acrash. To help avoid injury, havethe vehicle serviced right away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passenger sensingsystem. See Passenger Sensing System0 86 for important safety information.The overhead console has a passengerairbag status indicator.



When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicator willlight ON and OFF for several secondsas a system check. Then, after severalmore seconds, the status indicator willlight either ON or OFF to let you knowthe status of the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag.

If the word ON is lit on the passengerairbag status indicator, it means thatthe front outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag are allowed toinflate.

If the word OFF is lit on the passengerairbag status indicator, it means thatthe passenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. See yourdealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrong withthe airbag system. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 130 formore information, includingimportant safety information.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turned on,but the engine is not running, as acheck to show the light is working.It should go out when the engine isstarted.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be a problemwith the electrical charging system.Have it checked by your dealer.Driving while this light is on coulddrain the battery.

When this light comes on, or isflashing, the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) also displays a message.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radio andair conditioner.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-board diagnosticsystem. If this light is on while theengine is running, a malfunction hasbeen detected and the vehicle mayrequire service. The light should comeon to show that it is working whenthe ignition is in Service Mode. SeeIgnition Positions 0 182.



Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly when itcomes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may not runsmoothly. This could lead to costlyrepairs that might not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do not meetthe original tire specifications, cancause this light to come on. Thiscould lead to costly repairs notcovered by the vehicle warranty.This could also affect the vehicle’sability to pass an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications 0 251.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and service maybe required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.If towing a trailer, reduce the amountof cargo being hauled as soon aspossible.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicle offand wait at least 10 seconds beforerestarting the engine. If the light isstill flashing, follow the previousguidelines and see your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless fuelfunnel adapter, make sure that ithas been removed. See “Filling theTank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank 0 235. Thediagnostic system can detect if theadapter has been left installed inthe vehicle, allowing fuel toevaporate into the atmosphere.A few driving trips with theadapter removed may turn off thelight.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may go



away once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change the fuelbrand. It may require at least onefull tank of the proper fuel to turnthe light off. See RecommendedFuel 0 234.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, the testequipment will likely connect to thevehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steering wheel.Connecting devices that are not usedto perform an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to service the

vehicle may affect vehicle operation.See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 247.See your dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engine isrunning.

. The light does not come on whenthe ignition is in Service Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen if the12-volt battery has recently beenreplaced or run down, or if thevehicle has been recently serviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle will notpass or cannot be made ready forthe test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consists ofelectronically controlled hydraulicbrake circuits. If a fault is detected,valves are adjusted to allow the brakepedal to push brake fluid directly intothe hydraulic brake circuits. When afault occurs, the brake system warninglight comes on, and DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagesmay display. Vehicle speed may alsobe limited and the amount of brakepedal force applied may need toincrease. Have the vehicle brakesystem serviced as soon as possible.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn if there is aproblem.



The brake system warning light mayalso come on when the parking brakeis set, if the vehicle has low brakefluid, or if the brakes are severelyfaded. See Brake Fluid 0 265. If thebrakes are overheated, DIC messagesmay display, and the vehicle speedmay be limited. If the brake fluid isnot low, if the brakes are notoverheated, and if the parking brake isfully released, then the vehicle has abrake problem. Have the vehicle brakesystem serviced as soon as possible.

If the light comes on while driving,pull off the road and stop carefully.The pedal might be harder to push,or the pedal may go closer to thefloor. It could take longer to stop.If the light is still on, have the vehicletowed for service. See Towing theVehicle 0 309.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on. Drivingwith the brake system warning light

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

on can lead to a crash. If the light isstill on after the vehicle has beenpulled off the road and carefullystopped, have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when the parkingbrake is applied. If the light continuesflashing after the parking brake isreleased, or while driving, there is aproblem with the Electric ParkingBrake system. A message may alsodisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

On some vehicles the service electricparking brake light should come onbriefly when the vehicle is started.If it does not come on, have it fixed soit will be ready to warn if there is aproblem. For vehicles with thereconfigurable cluster, this light maynot come on when the vehicle isstarted.

If this light stays on, the vehicleshould be taken to a dealer as soon aspossible. See Electric Parking Brake0 198. A message may also display inthe Driver Information Center (DIC).



Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset the system.If the ABS light stays on, or comes onagain while driving, the vehicle needsservice. A chime may also sound whenthe light comes on steady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, but theantilock brakes are not functioning.

If both the ABS and the brake systemwarning light are on, the vehicle'santilock brakes are not functioningand there is a problem with theregular brakes. See your dealer forservice.

See Brake System Warning Light 0 133.

All-Wheel-Drive Light

All-Wheel-DriveLight

Front-Wheel-DriveLight

If equipped, the corresponding lightcomes on when an All-Wheel Drive(AWD) mode or Front-Wheel-Drivemode is selected. See Driver ModeControl 0 202.

If the light turns amber, there may bea malfunction. See your dealer.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

If equipped, this light is green if LKAis available to assist.

LKA may assist by gently turning thesteering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using the turn signal in thatdirection. The LKA light will turnamber.

This light is amber and flashes as aLane Departure Warning (LDW) alert,to indicate that the lane marking hasbeen crossed.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 231.



Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator will displaygreen when a vehicle is detectedahead and amber when you arefollowing a vehicle ahead much tooclosely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 223.

Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator will displayamber when a nearby pedestrian isdetected directly in front of thevehicle.


Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)button.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak/ESC isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel speed will belimited when necessary to protect thedriveline from damage. Adjust drivingaccordingly.


StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system is turned off.If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.



If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS and theStabiliTrak/ESC systems, and thewarning light turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system have been disabled.A Driver Information Center (DIC)message may display. Check the DIC

messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioning andwhether the vehicle requires service.

If the light is on and flashing, the TCSand/or the StabiliTrak/ESC system isactively working.


Engine CoolantTemperature Warning Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If the systemis working normally the indicator lightgoes off.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Driving withthis light on can damage the engineand it may not be covered by thevehicle warranty. See EngineOverheating 0 262.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens, pull over and turn offthe engine as soon as possible. SeeEngine Overheating 0 262.

Driver Mode Control Light

This light comes on when Sport Modeis selected.



This light comes on when Snow/IceMode is selected.

See Driver Mode Control 0 202.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides information abouttire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more of thetires are significantly underinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC) tirepressure message may also display.Stop as soon as possible, and inflatethe tires to the pressure value shownon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Tire Pressure 0 285.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the light willcome on at every ignition cycle. SeeTire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 288.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Check theoil level as soon as possible. Add oilif required, but if the oil level is

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

within the operating range and theoil pressure is still low, have thevehicle serviced. Always follow themaintenance schedule for changingengine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehicle couldbe low on oil and might have someother system problem. See your dealer.



Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tank islow on fuel. The light turns off whenfuel is added. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicle

serviced by your dealer. If the systemis working normally, the indicatorlight turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 50.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use. SeeHeadlamp High/Low-Beam Changer0 158.

IntelliBeam Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled. See Exterior Lamp Controls0 156.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when the exteriorlamps are in use. See Exterior LampControls 0 156.



Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is white whenthe cruise control is on and ready, andturns green when the cruise control isset and active. See Cruise Control0 203.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light comes on when AdaptiveCruise Control (if equipped) is active.See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 206.

Door Ajar Light

For vehicles equipped with this light,it comes on when a door is open ornot securely latched. Before driving,check that all doors are properlyclosed.

Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC is displayed in theinstrument cluster. It shows the statusof many vehicle systems.

S or T : Press to move between theinteractive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.



y orz : Use the thumbwheel toscroll to the previous or nextselection.

V : Press the thumbwheel to open amenu or select a menu item. Pressand hold to reset values on certainscreens.

Info Page Options

The info displays on the DIC can beturned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press T to scroll to the Optionsmenu. Use the thumbwheel toscroll to Info Pages and press thethumbwheel to select.

2. Scrolly orz to move throughthe list of possible info displays.

3. Press the thumbwheel while anitem is highlighted to select ordeselect that item.

The info pages can also be turned onor off through the DIC page Info PageOptions.

DIC Information Displays

The following is the list of all possibleDIC information displays. Some of theinformation displays may not beavailable for your particular vehicle.

While in the Info Page Options menu,the info pages can be restored to thedefault factory settings by pressingand holdingR on the left steeringwheel controls and the thumbwheelon the right steering wheel controls atthe same time.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph).

Trip 1 or Trip 2 and Average FuelEconomy : The Trip display shows thecurrent distance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe trip odometer was last reset. Thetrip odometer can be reset by pressingV and selecting yes or no while thisdisplay is active.

Shows the approximate average litersper 100 kilometers (L/100 km) ormiles per gallon (mpg). This numberis calculated based on the number of

L/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The Average Fuel Economycan be reset by pressing V andselecting yes or no while this displayis active.

Fuel Range : Shows the approximatedistance the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. LOW will bedisplayed when the vehicle is low onfuel. The fuel range estimate is basedon an average of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low, theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON messagewill appear on the display. The oilshould be changed as soon as



possible. See Engine Oil 0 254. Inaddition to the engine oil life systemmonitoring the oil life, additionalmaintenance is recommended. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 321.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will not resetitself. Do not reset the Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately until thenext oil change. To reset the engineoil life system, press V and thenselect yes or no. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 256.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all four tires.Tire pressure is displayed in eitherkilopascal (kPa) or in pounds persquare inch (psi). If the pressure islow, the value for that tire is shown inamber.See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 287and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation0 288.

Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate ofthe engine air filter’s remaining usefullife and the state of the system.

Engine Air Filter Life 95% means 95%of the current air filter life remains.Messages will display based on theengine air filter life and the state ofthe system. When the REPLACE ATNEXT OIL CHANGE message displays,the engine air filter should be replacedat the time of the next oil change.When the REPLACE NOW messagedisplays, the engine air filter shouldbe replaced as soon as possible.

The Air Filter Life display must bereset after the engine air filterreplacement. To reset, see Engine AirFilter Life System 0 257.

Fuel Economy : Displays average fueleconomy, the best fuel economy overthe selected distance, and a bar graphshowing instantaneous fuel economy.

Average Speed : Displays the averagevehicle speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average is basedon the various vehicle speeds recordedsince the last reset. Reset the averagespeed by pressing the thumbwheelwhile this display is active to show aconfirmation window to select yesor no.

Timer : This display can be used as atimer. To start the timer, press thethumbwheel while this display isactive. The display will show theamount of time that has passed sincethe timer was last reset. To stop thetimer, press the thumbwheel brieflywhile this display is active and thetimer is running.

Press the thumbwheel while thisdisplay is active to reset the timer.

Follow Distance/Gap Setting : WhenAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is notengaged, the current follow time tothe vehicle ahead is displayed as atime value on this page. When ACChas been engaged, the displayswitches to the gap setting page. Thispage shows the current gap settingalong with the vehicle ahead telltale.

Driver Assistance : If equipped,shows information for Lane KeepAssist (LKA) and Forward CollisionAlert (FCA).

Battery Voltage : Shows the currentbattery voltage.



Coolant Temperature : Shows theengine coolant temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Oil Temperature : Shows the engineoil temperature in either degreesCelsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F).

Engine Boost : Displays enginemanifold pressure relative to ambientair pressure. It will display boostpressure generated by theturbocharging system.

Transmission Fluid Temperature :Shows the temperature of theautomatic transmission fluid in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Info Page Options : Scroll to choosewhich info pages appear on the DIC.Press the thumbwheel to select ordeselect.

Blank Page : Allows for noinformation to be displayed in thecluster info display areas.

Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Warning

If the HUD image is too bright ortoo high in your field of view, itmay take you more time to seethings you need to see when it isdark outside. Be sure to keep theHUD image dim and placed low inyour field of view.

If equipped with HUD, someinformation concerning the operationof the vehicle is projected onto thewindshield. The image is projectedthrough the HUD lens on top of theinstrument panel. The informationappears as an image focused outtoward the front of the vehicle.

Caution

If you try to use the HUD image asa parking aid, you may misjudgethe distance and damage yourvehicle. Do not use the HUD imageas a parking aid.

The HUD information can bedisplayed in various languages. Thespeedometer reading and othernumerical values can be displayed ineither English or metric units.

The language selection is changedthrough the radio and the units ofmeasurement is changed through theinstrument cluster. See “Settings” inthe Infotainment Manual and“Options” under Instrument Cluster0 125.

HUD Display on the Windshield

The HUD may display some of thefollowing vehicle information andvehicle messages or alerts:


144 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS. Speed

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Performance

. Driver Assistance Features

. Vehicle Messages

Some vehicle messages or alertsdisplayed in the HUD may be clearedby using the steering wheel controls.See Vehicle Messages 0 146.

The HUD control is to the left of thesteering wheel.

To adjust the HUD image:

1. Adjust the driver seat.

2. Start the engine.

3. Use the following settings toadjust the HUD.

$ : Press or lift to center the HUDimage. The HUD image can only beadjusted up and down, not sideto side.

! : Press to select the display view.Each press will change thedisplay view.

D : Lift and hold to brighten thedisplay. Press and hold to dim thedisplay. Continue to hold to turn thedisplay off.

The HUD image will automaticallydim and brighten to compensate foroutside lighting. The HUD brightnesscontrol can also be adjusted asneeded.

The HUD image can temporarily lightup depending on the angle andposition of sunlight on the HUDdisplay. This is normal.

Polarized sunglasses could make theHUD image harder to see.

Head-Up Display (HUD) RotationOption

This feature allows the angle of theHUD image to be adjusted.

Press the thumbwheel while AdjustRotation is highlighted to enter AdjustMode. Scroll to adjust the angle of theHUD display. Press the thumbwheel toconfirm and save the setting. Thisfeature may only be available inP (Park). See Instrument Cluster 0 125.

HUD Views

There are four views in the HUD.Some vehicle information and vehiclemessages or alerts may be displayedin any view.

Metric



English

Speed View : This displays digitalspeed in English or metric units,speed limit, and indicators such asvehicle ahead, Lane DepartureWarning/Lane Keep Assist, andAdaptive Cruise Control and set speed.Some information only appears onvehicles that have these features, andwhen they are active.

The speed limit sign can be disabledin the HUD settings under Options inthe Cluster Menu. See InstrumentCluster 0 125.

Metric

English

Audio/Phone View : This displaysdigital speed, indicators from speedview along with audio/phoneinformation. The current radio station,media type, and incoming calls will bedisplayed.

All HUD views may briefly displayaudio information when the steeringwheel controls are used to adjust theaudio settings appearing in theinstrument cluster.

Incoming phone calls appearing in theinstrument cluster, may also displayin any HUD view.

Metric

English

Navigation View : This displaysdigital speed, indicators from speedview along with Turn-by-TurnNavigation information in somevehicles. The compass heading isdisplayed when navigation routing isnot active.

Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alertsshown in the instrument cluster mayalso be displayed in any HUD view.



Metric

English

Performance View : This displaysdigital speed, indicators from speedview along with rpm reading,transmission positions, and gear shiftindicator (if equipped).

Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windshield toremove any dirt or film that couldreduce the sharpness or clarity of theHUD image.

Clean the HUD lens with a soft clothsprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe thelens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting

If you cannot see the HUD imagewhen the ignition is on, check that:

. Nothing is covering the HUD lens.

. The HUD brightness setting is nottoo dim or too bright.

. The HUD is adjusted to the properheight.

. Polarized sunglasses are not worn.

. The windshield and HUD lens areclean.

If the HUD image is not correct,contact your dealer.

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. See Windshield Replacement0 269.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiple messagesmay appear one after another.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared by pressingthe thumbwheel. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action is performed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the message doesnot correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears, seeyour dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security

. Brakes


INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 147. Steering

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's propulsion power is reduced.A reduction in propulsion power canaffect the vehicle's ability toaccelerate. If this message is on, butthere is no observed reduction inperformance, proceed to yourdestination. The performance may bereduced the next time the vehicle is

driven. The vehicle may be drivenwhile this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speed maybe reduced. Anytime this messagestays on, or displays repeatedly, thevehicle should be taken to your dealerfor service as soon as possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TO XXXKM/H (MPH)

This message shows that the vehiclespeed has been limited to the speeddisplayed. The limited speed is aprotection for various propulsion andvehicle systems, such as lubrication,thermal, suspension, Teen Driver ifequipped, or tires.

Vehicle PersonalizationThe following are all possible vehiclepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

For System, Apps, and Personalfeatures and functions, see “Settings”in the infotainment manual.

To access the vehiclepersonalization menu:

1. Touch the Settings icon on theHome Page of the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Touch Vehicle to display a list ofavailable options.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch9 or R to turn a featureoff or on.

5. Touch z to go to the top level ofthe Settings menu.



The menu may contain the following:

Rear Seat Reminder

This allows for a chime and a messagewhen the rear door has been openedbefore or during operation of thevehicle.

Touch Off or On.

Climate and Air Quality

Touch and the following may display:

. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Cooled Seats

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

. Ionizer

Auto Fan Speed

This setting specifies the amount ofairflow when the climate control fansetting is Auto Fan.

Touch Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Cooled Seats

This setting automatically turns onand regulates the ventilated seatswhen the cabin temperature is warm.See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats0 68.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Heated Seats

This setting automatically turns onand regulates the heated seats whenthe cabin temperature is cool. Theauto heated seats can be turned off byusing the heated seat buttons on thecenter stack. See Heated and VentilatedFront Seats 0 68.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Defog

This setting automatically turns thefront defogger on when the engine isstarted.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

This setting automatically turns therear defogger on when the engine isstarted.

Touch Off or On.

Ionizer

If equipped and on, this feature helpsto clean the air inside the vehicle andremove contaminants such as pollen,odors, and dust. See Dual AutomaticClimate Control System 0 164.

Touch Off or On.

Collision / Detection Systems


. Alert Type

. Forward Collision System

. Front Pedestrian Detection

. Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

. Lane Change Alert

. Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Alert Type

This setting specifies the type ofvehicle feedback provided, either abeep or seat vibration, when you arein danger of colliding with an object.

Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.



Forward Collision System

This setting controls the vehicleresponse when detecting a vehicleahead of you. The Off setting disablesall FCA and FAB functions. With theAlert and Brake setting, both FCA andFAB are available. The Alert settingdisables FAB. See Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) 0 226.

Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Front Pedestrian Detection

This feature may help avoid or reducethe harm caused by front-end crasheswith nearby pedestrians.


Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

This setting determines if an alert willappear when Adaptive Cruise Controlbrings the vehicle to a complete stopand the vehicle ahead of you startsmoving again. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 206.

Touch Off or On.

Lane Change Alert

This setting specifies if an alert willdisplay on the outside mirror to helpyou avoid crashing into a vehicle inyour blind spot, or rapidlyapproaching your blind spot, during alane change maneuver. See LaneChange Alert (LCA) 0 229.

When Lane Change Alert is disabled,Side Blind Zone Alert is also disabled.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols

This setting enables the Rear CameraPark Assist Symbols. See AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing 0 216.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This setting specifies if an alert willdisplay when the vehicle detectsapproaching rear cross traffic when inR (Reverse). See Assistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 216.

Touch Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Remote Mirror Folding

. Rain Sense Wipers

. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

. Hands Free Liftgate Control

Chime Volume

This setting determines the chimevolume level.

Touch the controls on theinfotainment display to adjust thevolume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, both the driver andpassenger, driver, or passenger outsidemirrors will tilt downward when thevehicle is shifted to R (Reverse) toimprove visibility of the ground nearthe rear wheels. They will return totheir previous driving position whenthe vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse) or the engine is turned off.See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 53.

Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger,On - Driver, or On - Passenger.



Remote Mirror Folding

When on, the outside mirrors willautomatically fold or unfold when theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter Q or K button is pressedand held. See Folding Mirrors 0 52.

Touch Off or On.

Rain Sense Wipers

This setting automatically turns onthe wipers when moisture is detectedand the wiper switch is inintermittent mode.

Touch Disabled or Enabled.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

When on and the front wiper is on,the rear wiper will automaticallyactivate when the vehicle is shifted toR (Reverse).

Select Off or On.

Hands Free Liftgate Control

The liftgate may be operated with akicking motion under the left cornerof the rear bumper. See Liftgate 0 41.

Select Off, On-Open and Close,or On-Open Only.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This setting flashes the headlamps ofyour vehicle when you press K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Touch Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This setting specifies how long theheadlamps stay on after the vehicle isturned off and exited.

Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Open Door Anti Lock Out

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Open Door Anti Lock Out

This setting prevents the driver doorfrom locking when the door is open.If this setting is on, the Delayed DoorLock menu will not be available.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This setting allows selection of whichdoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

This setting delays the locking of thevehicle’s doors.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation


INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 151. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

This setting flashes the exterior lampswhen the vehicle is unlocked with theRKE transmitter.

Touch Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This setting specifies how the vehicleresponds when the vehicle is lockedwith the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This setting specifies whether alldoors, or just the driver door, unlockwhen pressing K on the RKEtransmitter.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

This setting automatically turns onthe ventilated seats when using theremote start function on warm days.See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats0 68 and Remote Vehicle Start 0 35.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

This setting automatically turns onthe heated seats when using theremote start function on cold days.See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats0 68 and Remote Vehicle Start 0 35.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature enablesremote operation of the windows withthe RKE transmitter. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) System Operation0 28.

Touch Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This setting specifies which doorsunlock when using the button on thedriver door handle to unlock thevehicle.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door Only.

Passive Door Lock

This setting specifies if the vehicle willautomatically lock, or lock andprovide an alert after all the doors areclosed, and you walk away from thevehicle with the RKE transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 28.

Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert when theRKE transmitter is left in the vehicle.This menu also enables Remote NoLonger in Vehicle Alert.

Touch Off or On.

Seating Position


. Seat Entry Memory


152 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS. Seat Exit Memory

Seat Entry Memory

This feature automatically recalls thecurrent driver’s previously stored 1 or2 button positions when the ignitionis changed from off to on or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats 0 65.

Touch Off or On.

Seat Exit Memory

This feature automatically recalls thepreviously stored exit button positionwhen exiting the vehicle. See MemorySeats 0 65.

Touch Off or On.

Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings” inthe infotainment manual.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainment systemand steering wheel controls. It mayalso limit access to vehicle storagelocations, if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Touch Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back to goback to the previous menu.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement 0 347.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, and homeautomation devices. These



instructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming when vehicleownership is terminated. See “ErasingUniversal Remote System Buttons”later in this section.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door opener receiver.Clear all people and objects near thegarage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515. For calls placedoutside the U.S., Canada, or PuertoRico, international rates will apply andmay differ based on landline or mobilephone.

Programming involves time-sensitiveactions, and may time out causing theprocedure to be repeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to3 in) away from the UniversalRemote system buttons with theindicator light in view. Thehand-held transmitter wassupplied by the manufacturer ofthe garage door opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press and holdboth the hand-held transmitterbutton and one of the threeUniversal Remote systembuttons to be used to operate thegarage door. Do not release eitherbutton until the indicator lightchanges from a slow to a rapidflash. Then release both buttons.

Some garage door openers mayrequire substitution of Step 2with the procedure under “RadioSignals for Some Gate Operators”later in this section.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage door activation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when the buttonis pressed, then programmingis complete. There is no needto complete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light does notcome on or the garage doordoes not move, a second



button press may berequired. For a second time,press and hold the newlyprogrammed button forfive seconds. If the light stayson or the garage door moves,programming is complete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds, thenchanges to a solid light andthe garage door does notmove, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smart buttoninside garage on the garage dooropener receiver. The name andcolor of the button may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press and holdthe newly programmed UniversalRemote system button fortwo seconds and then release it.If the garage door does not moveor the lamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,press and hold the same buttona second time for two seconds,then release it. Again, if the doordoes not move or the garagedoor lamp does not flash, pressand hold the same button a thirdtime for two seconds, thenrelease it.

The Universal Remote system shouldnow activate the garage door.

Repeat the process for programmingthe two remaining buttons.

Radio Signals for Some GateOperators

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515. For calls placed

outside the U.S., Canada, or PuertoRico, international rates will apply andmay differ based on landline or mobilephone.

Some gate operators andradio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds of transmission.This may not be long enough for theUniversal Remote system to pick upthe signal during programming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the Universal Remotesystem button while pressing andreleasing the hand-held transmitterbutton every two seconds until thesignal has been successfully acceptedby the Universal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.



Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button for atleast one-half second. The indicatorlight will come on while the signal isbeing transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This should takeabout 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System.”


156 LIGHTING

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . 156Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 158Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Automatic Headlamp System . . . 158Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . 159Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Cornering Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . 162Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turn toO again to reactivate the AUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off, dependingon outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

2 : Turns on the headlamps togetherwith the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps on andoff according to surrounding trafficconditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is dark enoughand there is no other traffic present.

This lightb comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.


LIGHTING 157

Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,press the button on the end of theturn signal lever when the exteriorlamp control is in the AUTO or2position. The blue high-beam on lightappears on the instrument clusterwhen the high beams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the top centerof the windshield that automaticallycontrols the system. Keep this area ofthe windshield clear of debris to allowfor best system performance.

The high-beam headlamps remain on,under the automatic control, until oneof the following situations occurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle's headlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is bright enoughthat high-beam headlamps are notrequired.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system is disabledby the button on the turn signallever. If this happens, press thebutton on the end of the turnsignal lever when the exteriorlamp control is in the AUTO or2position. The instrument clusterlight will come on to indicate theIntelliBeam is reactivated.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lamps becauseof any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructed fromview, or otherwise undetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to dense exhaust,smoke, fog, snow, road spray, mist,or other airborne obstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the view ofthe light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such that thefront end points upward, causingthe light sensor to aim high andnot detect headlamps andtaillamps.

. The vehicle is being driven onwinding or hilly roads.

The automatic high-beam headlampsmay need to be disabled if any of theabove conditions exist.


158 LIGHTING

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime sounds if the driverdoor is opened while the ignition is offand the exterior lamps are on.

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger3 : Push the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release, to turn the highbeams on. To return to low beams,push the lever again or pull it towardyou and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull the turnsignal lever toward you, and release.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The dedicated DRL will come on whenall of the following conditions are met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The parking brake is released orthe vehicle is not in P (Park).

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, and other lampswill not be on.

The DRL turn off when the headlampsare turned to O or the ignition is off.For vehicles first sold in Canada, theDRL can only be turned off when thevehicle is parked.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control is setto AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.


LIGHTING 159

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If it islight outside when the vehicle leavesthe garage, there is a slight delaybefore the automatic headlampsystem changes to the DaytimeRunning Lamps (DRL). During thatdelay, the instrument cluster may notbe as bright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness control isin the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel Illumination Control0 160.

When it is bright enough outside, theheadlamps will turn off or may changeto DRL.

The automatic headlamp system turnsoff when the exterior lamp control isturned to O or the ignition is off.

For vehicles sold in Canada, thiscontrol only works when thetransmission is in P (Park).

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers are activatedin daylight with the engine on, andthe exterior lamp control is in AUTO,

the headlamps, parking lamps, andother exterior lamps come on. Thetransition time for the lamps comingon varies based on wiper speed. Whenthe wipers are not operating, theselamps turn off. Move the exteriorlamp control to O or; to disablethis feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Press| to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. Press again to turn theflashers off.

The hazard warning flashers turn onautomatically if the airbags deploy.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up or downto signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, the turnsignal flashes three times.


160 LIGHTING

The turn and lane-change signal canbe turned off manually by moving thelever back to its original position.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulb maybe burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check the fuse.See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 272.

Cornering LampsIf equipped with cornering lamps, theyautomatically come on when all of thefollowing occur:

. The low-beam headlamps are on.

. The turn signals are activated orthe steering wheel is at acalibrated angle.

. The vehicle speed is below thecalibrated speed.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lighting and steering wheelcontrols can be adjusted.

D : Move the thumbwheel up ordown to brighten or dim the lights.

The brightness of the displaysautomatically adjusts based onoutdoor lighting. The instrument

panel illumination control will set thelowest level to which the display willbe automatically adjusted.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come on whenany door is opened unless the domelamp override is activated. Todeactivate the dome lamp override,pressj OFF and the indicatorlight on the button will turn off.

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.


LIGHTING 161

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off the domelamps when a door is open. Anindicator light on the button will turnon when the dome lamp override isactivated. Pressj OFF again todeactivate this feature and theindicator light will turn off. The domelamps will come on when doors areopened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andover the rear passenger doors. Theselamps come on automatically whenany door is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Press the lamp lenses on the frontreading lamps.

Press the lamp lenses over the rearpassenger doors.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and most of theinterior lights turn on briefly at night,or in areas of limited lighting when Kis pressed on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) System Operation0 28. When the driver door is opened,all control lights, Driver InformationCenter (DIC) lights, and door pocketlights turn on. After about 30 secondsthe exterior lamps turn off, then theremaining interior lights dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by turning the ignition on orto ACC/ACCESSORY, or by pressing Qon the RKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” under VehiclePersonalization 0 147.


162 LIGHTING

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlights come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driverdoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The dome lamp comes onafter the ignition is turned off. Theexterior lamps and dome lamp remainon for a set amount of time, thenautomatically turn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 147.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature is designedto protect the vehicle's battery.

If some interior lamps are left on andthe ignition is turned off, the batteryrundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition is turnedoff, if the parking lamps or headlampshave been manually left on. Thisprotects against draining the battery.To restart the 10-minute timer, turnthe exterior lamp control to the offposition and then back to the parkinglamp or headlamp position.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be on orin ACC/ACCESSORY.


INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM 163

Infotainment System

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system, andvoice or speech recognition. It alsoincludes information on settings.

Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)

If equipped, ANC reduces engine noisein the vehicle’s interior. ANC requiresthe factory-installed audio system,radio, speakers, amplifier (ifequipped), induction system, andexhaust system to work properly.Deactivation is required by your dealerif related aftermarket equipment isinstalled.


164 CLIMATE CONTROLS

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe climate control buttons on the center stack and on the climate controldisplay are used to adjust the heating, cooling, and ventilation.

1. ON/OFF

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)


4. Driver Temperature Control

5. Fan Control

6. Passenger Temperature Control


8. Recirculation

9. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

10. Max Defrost

11. Rear Window Defogger


CLIMATE CONTROLS 165

Climate Control Display

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Display

2. Fan Control

3. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

4. Sync (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. Recirculation


7. Auto (Automatic Operation)


9. On/Off

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and SYNC settings canbe controlled by touching CLIMATEon the infotainment home page or theclimate button in the infotainmentdisplay application tray. A selectioncan then be made on the front climatecontrol page displayed. See theinfotainment manual.

Climate Control Status Display

The climate control status displayappears briefly when the climatecontrol buttons on the center stackare adjusted.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controls thefan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle to thedesired temperature.

When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and thesetting is displayed. Functions notmanually set will continue to beautomatically controlled, even if theAUTO indicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Touch or press AUTO on thedisplay or the center stack.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded.

To improve fuel efficiency and to coolthe vehicle faster, recirculation may beautomatically selected in warmweather. The recirculation light willnot come on. Press@ to selectrecirculation; press it again to selectoutside air.



English units can be changed tometric units through the instrumentcluster. See Instrument Cluster 0 125.

OFF : Press to turn the fan on or off.The front climate display turns offwhen the fan is turned off and thesystem will stop air from flowing intothe cabin. If on is selected, or anyother buttons are pressed, the climatecontrol system will turn on andoperate at the current setting. Thetemperature control and air deliverymode can still be adjusted.

w /x : The temperature can beadjusted separately for the driver andthe passenger. Press to increase ordecrease the temperature. Press andhold to rapidly increase or decreasethe temperature.

The driver and passengertemperatures can also be adjusted bytouching the buttons on the climatecontrol display.

Sync : Touch Sync on the climatecontrol display to link all climate zonesettings to the driver settings. Adjustthe driver side temperature control tochange the linked temperature. When

the passenger settings are adjusted,the Sync indicator light turns offwhen the temperatures are unlinked.

Manual Operation

Q9 R : Press the fan controls on thecenter stack or the climate controldisplay to increase or decrease the fanspeed. Press and hold the controls toadjust speed more quickly. The fanspeed setting displays. Pressing eitherbutton cancels automatic fan controland the fan can be controlledmanually. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Whenthe climate information is displayed,touch the desired air delivery mode onthe climate control display to changethe direction of the airflow. Theselected air delivery mode button islit. Touching any of the air deliverybuttons cancels automatic air deliverycontrol and the direction of theairflow can be controlled manually.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Pressz,Y, or[ to change thedirection of the airflow. Anycombination of the three controls canbe selected. An indicator light comeson in the selected mode button.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

z : Air is directed to the windshield.

0 : Clears the windshield of fog orfrost more quickly. Air is directed tothe windshield. Press0 to turn on oroff. Changing the air delivery modealso turns the defrost off.

A/C : Touch A/C on the climatecontrol display to turn the automaticair conditioning on or off. If the fan isturned off or the outside temperaturefalls below freezing, the airconditioner will not run.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditioner runsas needed.



@ : Press to alternate betweenrecirculating air inside the vehicle orpulling in outside air. The indicatorlight on the button is lit whenrecirculation mode is active. Thishelps to quickly cool the air inside thevehicle or reduce the outside air andodors that might enter.

Pressing this control cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation;recirculation runs automatically asneeded.

Manual recirculation mode is notavailable in some air delivery modes.In these modes, the indicator light willbe lit but the system will not switchto recirculation.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust to outsideair supply and turn on the airconditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normal

operation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization 0 147.

Ionizer : If equipped with an ionizer,this feature helps to clean the airinside the vehicle and removecontaminants such as pollen, odors,and dust. If the climate controlsystem is on and the ionizer isenabled, the ionizer status indicatorwill be lit on the climate controldisplay. To turn the ionizer on or off,see “Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 147.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The defogger only works when theignition is on. The defogger turns offif the ignition is off or in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The rear window defogger can be setto automatic operation. See “Climateand Air Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 147. When Auto RearDefog is selected, the rear window

defogger turns on automatically whenthe interior temperature is cold andthe outside temperature is about 7 °C(45 °F) and below.

The upper grid lines on the rearwindow are antenna lines and are notintended to heat when the defogger isactivated.

The heated outside mirrors turn onwhen the rear window defoggerbutton is on and help to clear fog orfrost from the surface of the mirrors.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anything elsethat is sharp. This may damage therear window defogger grid andaffect the radio's ability to pick upstations clearly. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.



Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped with theremote start feature, the climatecontrol system may run when thevehicle is started remotely. The systemwill use the defrost setting if it is coldoutside or turn on using the coldestsetting if it is hot outside. The reardefog may come on during remotestart based on cold ambientconditions. The rear defog indicatorlight does not come on during aremote start.

If equipped, the heated seats will turnon if it is cold outside or theventilated seats will turn on if it is hotoutside. The heated and ventilatedseat indicator lights may not come onduring a remote start. If equipped, theheated steering wheel will come on ina remote start if it is cold outside. Theheated steering wheel indicator lightmay not come on.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35 andHeated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 68.

Sensor

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near the windshield,monitors the solar intensity.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed, recirculation,and air delivery mode for bestcomfort.

If the sensor is covered, the automaticclimate control system may not workproperly.

Air Vents

Adjustable air vents are in the centerand on the sides of the instrumentpanel, and on the rear of the centerconsole storage.

Move the slider knobs to change thedirection of or to close off the airflow.



Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow, or leavesfrom air inlets at the base of thewindshield that could block theflow of air into the vehicle.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn into thevehicle.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside of thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affect theperformance of the system. Checkwith your dealer before addingequipment to the outside of thevehicle.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restricts airflowand may cause damage to the airvents.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter reduces dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle. Thefilter should be replaced as part ofroutine scheduled maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 321.

See your dealer regarding replacementof the filter.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trained andcertified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator should neverbe repaired or replaced by one from asalvage vehicle. It should only bereplaced by a new evaporator toensure proper and safe operation.

During service, all refrigerants shouldbe reclaimed with proper equipment.Venting refrigerants directly to theatmosphere is harmful to theenvironment and may also createunsafe conditions based on inhalation,combustion, frostbite, or otherhealth-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requiresperiodic maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 321.


170 DRIVING AND OPERATING

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDriver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Driving Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Vehicle Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . 175Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 176Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . 177Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . . 190Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . 191Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

BrakesAntilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . 198Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . 206

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . 215Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . 229Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . 229Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . 231

FuelTop Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . 234Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236


DRIVING AND OPERATING 171

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing Information . . . . 237Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . 246

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical Equipment . . . 247

Driving Information

Driver BehaviorDriving is an important responsibility.Driver behavior, the drivingenvironment, and the vehicle's designall affect how well a vehicle performs.

Being aware of these factors can helpin understanding how the vehiclehandles and what can be done toavoid many types of crashes, includinga rollover crash.

Most serious injuries and fatalities tounbelted occupants can be reduced orprevented by the use of seat belts. In arollover crash, an unbelted person issignificantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seat belt. Inaddition, avoiding excessive speed,sudden or abrupt turns, and drunkenor aggressive driving can help maketrips safer and avoid the possibility ofa crash.

Driving EnvironmentBe prepared for driving in inclementweather, at night, or during othertimes where visibility or traction maybe limited, such as on curves, slipperyroads, or hilly terrain. Unfamiliarsurroundings can also have hiddenhazards.

Vehicle DesignUtility vehicles have a significantlyhigher rollover rate than other typesof vehicles. This is because they havea higher ground clearance and anarrower track or shorter wheelbasethan passenger cars, which makesthem more capable for off-roaddriving. While these designcharacteristics provide the driver witha better view of the road, thesevehicles do have a higher center ofgravity than other types of vehicles.A utility vehicle does not handle thesame as a vehicle with a lower centerof gravity, like a car, in similarsituations.



Safe driver behavior andunderstanding of the environment canhelp avoid a rollover crash in any typeof vehicle, including utility vehicles.

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many forms andcan take your focus from the task ofdriving. Exercise good judgment anddo not let other activities divert yourattention away from the road. Manylocal governments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keep youreyes on the road, keep your hands onthe steering wheel, and focus yourattention on driving.

. Do not use a phone in demandingdriving situations. Use ahands-free method to place orreceive necessary phone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read, takenotes, or look up information onphones or other electronic devices.

. Designate a front seat passengerto handle potential distractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings. Programall trip information into anynavigation device prior to driving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parked toretrieve items that have fallen tothe floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tend tochildren.

. Keep pets in an appropriate carrieror restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment section formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The first stepin driving defensively is to wear theseat belt. See Seat Belts 0 72.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, and otherdrivers) are going to be carelessand make mistakes. Anticipatewhat they might do and be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.



{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by even asmall amount of alcohol. You canhave a serious — or even fatal —collision if you drive after drinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and accelerating areimportant factors in helping to controla vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time is aboutthree-quarters of a second. In thattime, a vehicle moving at 100 km/h(60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft), whichcould be a lot of distance in anemergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brake normallybut do not pump the brakes. Doing socould make the pedal harder to pushdown. If the engine stops, there willbe some power brake assist but it willbe used when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and the brakepedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenance isnot required.

If power steering assist is lost due to asystem malfunction, the vehicle canbe steered, but may require increasedeffort.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when the systemcools down.

See your dealer if there is a problem.



Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out of thecurve before accelerating gentlyinto the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem may bemore effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of the steeringwheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System (ABS)allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can drop offthe edge of a road onto the shoulderwhile driving. Follow these tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator and then,if there is nothing in the way,steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid — toomuch speed or steering in a curvecauses tires to slip and losecornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the driving wheelsto spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skids bytaking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off the acceleratorpedal and steer the way you wantthe vehicle to go. The vehicle maystraighten out. Be ready for asecond skid if it occurs.


DRIVING AND OPERATING 175. Slow down and adjust your driving

according to weather conditions.Stopping distance can be longerand vehicle control can be affectedwhen traction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or other materialon the road. Learn to recognizewarning clues — such as enoughwater, ice, or packed snow on theroad to make a mirrored surface— and slow down when you haveany doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking, includingreducing vehicle speed by shiftingto a lower gear. Any suddenchanges could cause the tires toslide.

Remember: Antilock brakes help avoidonly the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reduce vehicletraction and affect your ability to stopand accelerate. Always drive slower inthese types of driving conditions andavoid driving through large puddlesand deep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes. Theymight not work as well in a quickstop and could cause pulling to oneside. You could lose control of thevehicle.

After driving through a large puddleof water or a car/vehicle wash,lightly apply the brake pedal untilthe brakes work normally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and be verycautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water canbuild up under the vehicle's tires sothey actually ride on the water. Thiscan happen if the road is wet enough

and you are going fast enough. Whenthe vehicle is hydroplaning, it haslittle or no contact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wiping equipmentin good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with proper treaddepth. See Tires 0 278.

. Turn off cruise control.

. Activate All-Wheel Drive (AWD)mode. See Driver Mode Control0 202.



Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than driving onflat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow the vehicleon a long downhill slope can causebrake overheating, can reduce brakeperformance, and could result in aloss of braking. Shift thetransmission to a lower gear to letthe engine assist the brakes on asteep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) orwith the ignition off is dangerous.This can cause overheating of thebrakes and loss of steering assist.Always have the engine runningand the vehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills; somethingcould be in your lane (e.g., stalledcar, crash).

. Pay attention to special road signs(e.g., falling rocks area, windingroads, long grades, passing orno-passing zones) and takeappropriate action.

. Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD)Mode.See Driver Mode Control 0 202 andAll-Wheel Drive 0 197.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires and theroad creates less traction or grip, sodrive carefully. Wet ice can occur atabout 0 °C (32 °F) when freezing rainbegins to fall. Avoid driving on wet iceor in freezing rain until roads can betreated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Accelerating tooquickly causes the wheels to spinand makes the surface under thetires slick.

. Verify Traction Control is on. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 201.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)improves vehicle stability duringhard stops, but the brakes shouldbe applied sooner than when ondry pavement. See Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) 0 198.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwise



clear roads in shaded areas. Thesurface of a curve or an overpasscan remain icy when thesurrounding roads are clear. Avoidsudden steering maneuvers andbraking while on ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

. Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD)mode. See Driver Mode Control0 202.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby. If possible,use Roadside Assistance. See RoadsideService 0 341. To get help and keepeveryone in the vehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This may causeexhaust gases to get inside. Engineexhaust contains carbon monoxide(CO), which cannot be seen orsmelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle side thatis away from the wind, tobring in fresh air.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and set the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

fan speed to the highestsetting. See “Climate ControlSystems.”

For more information about CO, seeEngine Exhaust 0 190.

To save fuel, run the engine for shortperiods to warm the vehicle and thenshut the engine off and partially closethe window. Moving about to keepwarm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idle speed.This keeps the battery charged torestart the vehicle and to signal forhelp with the headlamps. Do this aslittle as possible, to save fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin the wheelsto free the vehicle when stuck in sand,mud, ice, or snow.



If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 201.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and you orothers could be injured. The vehiclecan overheat, causing an enginecompartment fire or other damage.Spin the wheels as little as possibleand avoid going above 56 km/h(35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out

Turn the steering wheel left and rightto clear the area around the frontwheels. Turn off any traction system.Shift back and forth betweenR (Reverse) and a low forward gear,spinning the wheels as little aspossible. To prevent transmissionwear, wait until the wheels stopspinning before shifting gears. Releasethe accelerator pedal while shifting,and press lightly on the accelerator

pedal when the transmission is ingear. Slowly spinning the wheels inthe forward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 309.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle can carry.This weight is called the vehiclecapacity weight and includes theweight of all occupants, cargo, andall nonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label and theCertification/Tire label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR),or either the maximum front orrear Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR). This can causesystems to break and changethe way the vehicle handles.This could cause loss of controland a crash. Overloading canalso reduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.



Tire and Loading Information Label

Example Label

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the center pillar(B-pillar). The tire and loadinginformation label shows thenumber of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and Loading Informationlabel also shows the size of theoriginal equipment tires (3) andthe recommended cold tire

inflation pressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 278 and Tire Pressure0 285.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification/Tire label. It mayshow the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for thefront and rear axle. See“Certification/Tire Label” later inthis section.

“Steps for Determining Correct LoadLimit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weightof the driver and passengersfrom XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount of cargoand luggage load capacity. Forexample, if the "XXX" amountequals 1400 lbs. and therewill be five 150 lb passengersin your vehicle, the amountof available cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine how



this reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing 0 241 forimportant information on towinga trailer, towing safety rules andtrailering tips.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 =340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =453 kg (1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's tire andloading information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined



weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceed thevehicle's capacity weight.

Certification/Tire Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to the centerpillar (B-pillar).

The label may show the size of thevehicle's original tires and theinflation pressures needed toobtain the gross weight capacityof the vehicle. The label shows thegross weight capacity of thevehicle. This is called the Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weight ofthe vehicle, all occupants, fuel,and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label mayalso show the maximum weightsfor the front and rear axles, calledthe Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR). To find out the actualloads on the front and rear axles,weigh the vehicle at a weighstation. Your dealer can help withthis. Be sure to spread the loadequally on both sides of thecenterline.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle may causedamage. Repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty. Donot overload the vehicle.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them as farforward as possible. Try tospread the weight evenly.

. Never stack heavier things,like suitcases, inside thevehicle so that some ofthem are above the tops ofthe seats.

. Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in thevehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seat foldeddown unless needed.



Starting and Operating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 800 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 300 km (200 mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronic keylessignition with pushbutton start.

If the pushbutton start is not working,the vehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interference tothe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)system. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 28.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be turned on and the brakepedal must be applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Light) : When the vehicle isstopped, press ENGINE START/STOPonce to turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 187.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), D(Drive) or M (Manual Mode), thevehicle will shift to P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RAP willremain active.

If the vehicle is in N (Neutral), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display the messageSHIFT TO PARK in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).



When the vehicle is shifted intoP (Park), the ignition will turn off.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut the vehicleoff in an emergency.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle to asafe location.

3. Come to a complete stop andshift to P (Park).

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 198.Press ENGINE START/STOP toturn the vehicle off.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled overand must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOPfor longer than two seconds, or presstwice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber IndicatorLight) : This mode allows you to usesome electrical accessories when theengine is off.

With the ignition off, pressingENGINE START/STOP once withoutthe brake pedal applied will place theignition system in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF after 10 minutesto prevent battery rundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off and thebrake pedal applied, pressing ENGINESTART/STOP once will place theignition system in ON/RUN/START.Once engine cranking begins, releasethe button. Engine cranking will

continue until the engine starts. Theignition will then remain on. SeeStarting the Engine 0 183.

Service Mode

This mode is available to verify theproper operation of the malfunctionindicator lamp as may be required foremissions inspection purposes and forservice and diagnostics. See AutomaticTransmission 0 191.

With the vehicle off, and the brakepedal not applied, pressing andholding ENGINE START/STOP formore than five seconds will place thevehicle in Service Mode. Theinstruments and audio systems willoperate as they do in ON/RUN, butthe vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The engine will not start inService Mode. Press ENGINE START/STOP again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the EnginePlace the transmission in the propergear, P (Park) or N (Neutral). To restartthe engine when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral).



Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could change theway the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty. SeeAdd-On Electrical Equipment 0 247.

To start the vehicle:

1. With the Keyless Access system,the RKE transmitter must be inthe vehicle. Press ENGINESTART/STOP with the brakepedal applied. When the enginebegins cranking, let go of thebutton. The idle speed will go

down as the engine warms up.Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or if the RKEbattery is low, a DriverInformation Center (DIC)message will display. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 28.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by pressingENGINE START/STOP immediatelyafter cranking has ended, canoverheat and damage the crankingmotor, and drain the battery. Waitat least 15 seconds between eachtry, to let the cranking motorcool down.

2. If the engine does not start afterfive to 10 seconds, especially invery cold weather (below −18 °Cor 0 °F), it could be flooded withtoo much gasoline. Try pushing

the accelerator pedal all the wayto the floor and hold it there,then press ENGINE START/STOPfor up to a maximum of15 seconds. Wait at least15 seconds between each try, toallow the cranking motor to cooldown. When the engine starts,let go of the button and theaccelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again, dothe same thing. This clears theextra gasoline from the engine.Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

Stop/Start SystemThe Stop/Start system will shut offthe engine to help conserve fuel.It has components designed for theincreased number of starts.



{ Warning

The automatic engine Stop/Startfeature causes the engine to shutoff while the vehicle is still on. Donot exit the vehicle before shiftingto P (Park). The vehicle may restartand move unexpectedly. Alwaysshift to P (Park), and then turn theignition off before exiting thevehicle.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied and thevehicle is at a complete stop, theengine may turn off. When stopped,the tachometer displays AUTO STOP.See Tachometer 0 128. When the brakepedal is released or the acceleratorpedal is pressed, the engine willrestart.

To maintain vehicle performance,other conditions may cause the engineto automatically restart before thebrake pedal is released.

Auto Stops may not occur and/or AutoStarts may occur because:

. The climate control settingsrequire the engine to be runningto cool or heat the vehicle interior.

. The vehicle battery charge is low.

. The vehicle battery has recentlybeen disconnected.

. Minimum vehicle speed has notbeen reached since the lastAuto Stop.

. The accelerator pedal is pressed.

. The engine or transmission is notat the required operatingtemperature.

. The outside temperature is not inthe required operating range.

. The vehicle is in any gear otherthan D (Drive).

. Driver modes have been selected.

. The vehicle is on a steep hill orgrade.

. The driver door has been openedor the driver seat belt has beenunbuckled.

. The hood has been opened.

. The Auto Stop has reached themaximum allowed time.

Auto Stop Disable Switch

The automatic engine Stop/Startfeature can be disabled and enabledby pressing the switch with thehsymbol. Auto Stop is enabled eachtime you start the vehicle.

Whenh is illuminated, the system isenabled.



Engine HeaterThe engine heater, if available, canhelp in cold weather conditions at orbelow −18 °C (0 °F) for easier startingand better fuel economy duringengine warm-up. Plug in the engineheater at least four hours beforestarting the vehicle. An internalthermostat in the plug end of the cordwill prevent engine heater operationat temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).

{ Warning

Do not plug in the engine blockheater while the vehicle is parked ina garage or under a carport.Property damage or personal injurymay result. Always park the vehiclein a clear open area away frombuildings or structures.

To Use the Engine Heater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The cord islocated on the driver side of thecompartment, in front of thebattery.

Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, do notuse it. See your dealer for areplacement. Inspect the cord fordamage yearly.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cord oran extension cord can damage thecord and may result in overheatingand fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protected bya ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause an electricshock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extension cordin good operating condition,or using a damaged heater orextension cord, could make it

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heater cordand thermostat damage couldoccur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattach thecover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord. Keepthe cord away from anymoving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store the cordas it was before to keep it awayfrom moving engine parts. If youdo not it could be damaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends on severalfactors. Ask a dealer in the area whereyou will be parking the vehicle for thebest advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)Some vehicle accessories may be usedafter the ignition is turned off.

The power windows and sunroof,if equipped, will continue to work forup to 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

The infotainment system will continueto work for 10 minutes, until thedriver door is opened, or until theignition is turned on or placed inACC/ACCESSORY.

Shifting Into ParkTo shift into P (Park):

1. Bring the vehicle to a stop, andhold the brake pedal down.

2. Press the button on top of theshift lever to shift into P (Park).See Automatic Transmission0 191.

3. The P indicator on the shift leverwill turn red when the vehicle isin P (Park).

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the vehicle is not inP (Park) with the parking brake set.The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or others couldbe injured. To be sure the vehiclewill not move, even when youare on fairly level ground, always

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

set the parking brake and shiftto P (Park). See Shifting Into Park0 187. If you are towing a trailer,see Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 237.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and the parkingbrake is set before you leave it.

If you are towing a trailer and parkingon a hill, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 237.

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronically controlled transmission.The shift lock release button isdesigned to prevent inadvertentshifting out of P (Park) unless theignition is on, the brake pedal isapplied, and the shift lock releasebutton is pressed.

The shift lock control is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 306.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Ensure the engine is running.

2. Apply the brake pedal.

3. Press and hold the shift lockrelease button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

5. The P indicator will turn whiteand the gear indicator on theshift lever will turn red when thevehicle is no longer in P (Park).

6. After releasing the shift lever, itwill return to the center position.

If the vehicle cannot shift fromP (Park), a Driver InformationCenter (DIC) message will bedisplayed. See your dealer for service.

Manual Park Release

{ Warning

The transmission will be placed inN (Neutral) when the manual parkrelease is pulled. The vehicle canroll and you or others could beinjured. Ensure the vehicle is onlevel ground.

Caution

The manual park release is notintended to be used for towing.Damage may result from using themanual park release in this way.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

The manual park release can be usedto shift the vehicle into N (Neutral)when the engine is not running.



Pulling the manual park release whilethe vehicle is on or turning theignition on while the manual parkrelease is pulled, will cause a DICmessage to display.

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)using the manual park release:

1. Ensure the vehicle is on levelground and set the parkingbrake.


3. Use a flat-bladed tool to removethe interior trim panel on thecenter console to the right of theaccelerator pedal.

4. Ensure more than one minutehas elapsed since Step 2. Applythe brake pedal.

5. Pull the manual park releaselever 90° to its latching position.

6. With the brake pedal released,place the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY. Then apply thebrake pedal and release theparking brake.

7. Ensure there are no loose objectsin the area that could bump themanual park release lever.

To return the vehicle to P (Park) usingthe manual park release:

1. Bring the vehicle to acomplete stop.

2. Rotate the manual park release90° back to its original position.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Confirm that the vehicle is inP (Park) by turning the ignitionon or by placing the vehicle inACC/ACCESSORY, then ensurethat the indicator displays P.

5. Reinstall the interior trim panel.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under the vehicleand ignite. Do not park over papers,leaves, dry grass, or other thingsthat can burn.



Active Fuel ManagementThis vehicle's engine may be equippedwith Active Fuel Management, whichallows the engine to operate on eitherall of its cylinders, or in reducedcylinder operation, depending on thedriving conditions.

When less power is required, such ascruising at a constant vehicle speed,the system will operate in reducedoperation mode, allowing the vehicleto achieve better fuel economy. Whengreater power demands are required,such as accelerating from a stop,passing, or merging onto a freeway,the system will maintain full-cylinderoperation.

If the vehicle has an Active FuelManagement indicator, see DriverInformation Center (DIC) for moreinformation on using this display.

Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move and there isadequate ventilation.

See Shifting Into Park 0 187 and EngineExhaust 0 190.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitteroutside the vehicle, it will continue torun for up to half an hour.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle, it will continue torun for up to an hour.

The vehicle could turn off sooner if itis parked on a hill, due to lack ofavailable fuel.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areas withpoor ventilation (parkinggarages, tunnels, deep snowthat may block underbodyairflow or tail pipes).

. The exhaust smells or soundsstrange or different.

. The exhaust system leaks dueto corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified, damaged,or improperly repaired.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected or ifit is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosed areasuch as a garage or a building thathas no fresh air ventilation.

Running the Vehicle WhileParkedIt is better not to park with the enginerunning.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps to besure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 187 and EngineExhaust 0 190.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 237.

Automatic Transmission

The shift pattern is displayed in thetop of the shift lever. The selectedgear position will illuminate red onthe shift lever, while all others will bedisplayed in white. If the shift is notimmediate, as in very cold conditions,the indicator on the shift lever mayflash until it is fully engaged.

The shift lever always starts from acenter position, represented by an up/down arrow on the shift pattern. Afterreleasing the shift lever, it will returnto the center position.



The transmission does not operatewhen the vehicle is off.

If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY,the transmission can be shifted intoP (Park).

If the vehicle is turned off while at arelatively high vehicle speed, thetransmission will automatically shiftto N (Neutral). Once the vehicle isstopped, P (Park) is automaticallyselected.

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when starting theengine because the vehicle cannotmove easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the transmission is not inP (Park) with the parking brake set.The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If the engine hasbeen left running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or others couldbe injured. To be sure the vehiclewill not move, even when on fairlylevel ground, always set the parkingbrake and place the transmissioninto P (Park). See Shifting Into Park0 187, Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 237 and ElectricParking Brake 0 198.

This vehicle is equipped with anelectronically controlled transmission.The shift lock release button isdesigned to prevent inadvertentshifting out of P (Park) unless theignition is on, the brake pedal isapplied, and the shift lock releasebutton is pressed.

When the vehicle is stopped, pressENGINE START/STOP to turn off thevehicle. The transmission will shift toP (Park) automatically unless thevehicle is in N (Neutral), See “CarWash Mode” following.

The vehicle will not shift into P (Park)if it is moving too fast. Stop thevehicle and shift into P (Park).



To shift in and out of P (Park), seeShifting Into Park 0 187 and Shiftingout of Park 0 188.

Service Shift Lever Message

If the message SERVICE SHIFTER SEEOWNER’S MANUAL appears in theDriver Information Center (DIC), theshift lever needs service. Have thevehicle serviced as soon as possible.If the vehicle is automatically shiftinginto P (Park), check to see if theP (Park) button on top of the shiftlever is stuck. To operate the vehicle,hold the shift lever in the desired gear,R (Reverse) or D (Drive), until vehiclespeed exceeds 15 km/h (10 mph), thenrelease the shift lever.

R : Use this gear to back up.

If the vehicle is shifted from eitherR (Reverse) to D (Drive) or M (ManualMode), or M (Manual Mode) orD (Drive) to R (Reverse) while thespeed is too high, the vehicle will shiftto N (Neutral). Reduce the vehiclespeed and try the shift again.

To shift into R (Reverse):


2. Press and hold shift lock releasebutton on the side of the shiftlever.

3. From the center position, movethe shift lever forward throughthe first detent to the end oftravel. R is illuminated in red.


To shift out of R (Reverse):


2. Shift to the desired gear.


At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) canbe used to rock the vehicle back andforth to get out of snow, ice, or sandwithout damaging the transmission.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 177.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicle isalready moving, use N (Neutral) only.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shift intoa drive gear while the engine isrunning at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the engine runningat high speed may damage thetransmission. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehicle warranty.Be sure the engine is not running athigh speed when shifting thevehicle.

The vehicle is not designed to stay inN (Neutral) for more thanfive minutes. It may automaticallyshift into P (Park). N (Neutral) is not



intended for towing. If the vehicleneeds to be towed, see Towing theVehicle 0 309.

To shift into N (Neutral):

1. Move the shift lever forward tothe first detent from the centerposition.

. If the vehicle is in P (Park),apply the brake pedal andpress the shift lock releasebutton while moving the shiftlever forward.

. N will illuminate in red.


To shift out of N (Neutral):


2. Shift to the desired gear.If shifting from N (Neutral) toR (Reverse), press the shift lockrelease button.


Car Wash Mode

This vehicle includes a Car WashMode that allows the vehicle toremain in N (Neutral) for use inautomatic car washes.

Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driverin Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine off and the vehicleoccupied:

1. Drive to the entrance of thecar wash.


3. Shift to N (Neutral).

4. Turn off the engine and releasethe brake pedal.

5. The indicator should continue toshow N. If it does not, repeatSteps 2–4.

6. The vehicle is now ready for thecar wash.

Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driverout of Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine off and the vehicleunoccupied:



3. Open the door.


5. Turn off the engine and releasethe brake pedal.


7. Exit the vehicle and close thedoor. The vehicle is now readyfor the car wash.

8. The vehicle may automaticallyshift to P (Park) when the door isopened.



Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driverin Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine on and the vehicleoccupied:




4. Release the brake pedal. Thevehicle is now ready for thecar wash.

Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driverout of Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine on and the vehicleunoccupied:



3. Open the door.

4. Shift to N (Neutral), then releasethe brake pedal.


6. Exit the vehicle and close thedoor. The vehicle is now readyfor the car wash.

7. The vehicle may automaticallyshift to P (Park) when the door isopened.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the automatictransmission fluid is too hot.Driving under this condition candamage the vehicle. Stop and idlethe engine to cool the automatictransmission fluid. This messageclears when the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

D : This position is for normal driving.If more power is needed for passing,press the accelerator pedal down.

To shift into D (Drive):


2. From the center position, movethe shift lever back.

. If the vehicle is in P (Park),press the shift lock releasebutton while pulling the shiftlever back.

. D will illuminate in red.

. After releasing the shift lever,it will return to the centerposition.

To shift out of D (Drive):


2. Shift to the desired gear.


Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” under Lossof Control 0 174.



Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hill usingonly the accelerator pedal maydamage the transmission. Therepair will not be covered by thevehicle warranty. If the vehicle isstuck, do not spin the tires. Whenstopping on a hill, use the brakes tohold the vehicle in place.

Manual Mode

Tap Shift

Caution

Driving with the engine at a highrpm without upshifting while usingTap Shift, could damage the vehicle.Always upshift when necessarywhile using Tap Shift.

Vehicles with Tap Shift have controlson the back of the steering wheel tomanually shift the automatictransmission.

Permanent Tap Shift Mode

To enter Permanent Tap Shift Mode:

1. With the vehicle in D (Drive),pull back on the shift lever toactivate M (Manual Mode). TheM in the shift pattern willilluminate in red, and the D willswitch to white.


3. Press the controls on the back ofthe steering wheel to shift. Usethe left steering wheel control todownshift, and the right controlto upshift. To shift to the lowestavailable gear, press and hold theleft control.

To exit Permanent Tap Shift Mode:

1. To exit M (Manual Mode) andreturn to D (Drive), pull back onthe shift lever. The D in the shiftpattern will illuminate in red,and the M will switch to white.


M (Manual Mode) can be exited toreturn to D (Drive) at any speed bypulling the lever rearward from thecenter position. It is not necessary tostop the vehicle or shift to N (Neutral)or P (Park) prior to shifting back toD (Drive).



Temporary Tap Manual Shift Mode

To enter Temporary Tap Shift Mode:

1. With the transmission inD (Drive) and not in PermanentTap Shift Mode, the Tap Shiftcontrols will activate atemporary tap manual shiftmode, allowing the transmissionto be manually shifted.

2. To shift to the lowest availablegear, press and hold the leftcontrol.

3. To deactivate, hold the rightcontrol briefly. Automatic shiftsreturn after no manual shiftshave been done for seven to10 seconds.

While using Tap Shift, the vehicle willhave firmer, quicker shifting. This canbe used for sport driving or whenclimbing or descending hills, to stay ingear longer, or to downshift for morepower or engine braking.

The transmission will only allowshifting into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and engine revolutionsper minute (rpm). If shifting isprevented for any reason, a SHIFTDENIED message will be displayed inthe instrument cluster. Thetransmission will not automaticallyshift to the next higher gear if theengine rpm is too high. It will onlyautomatically shift to the next lowergear if the engine rpm is muchtoo low.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveVehicles with this feature can operatein All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Mode. SeeDriver Mode Control 0 202.



Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advanced electronicbraking system that helps prevent abraking skid.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 135.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking to avoida sudden obstacle, a computer sensesthe wheels are slowing down. If one ofthe wheels is about to stop rolling, thecomputer will separately work thebrakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressure toeach wheel, as required, faster thanany driver could. This can help yousteer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updates onwheel speed and controls brakingpressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not change thetime needed to get a foot up to thebrake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get too closeto the vehicle in front of you, therewill not be enough time to apply thebrakes if that vehicle suddenly slowsor stops. Always leave enough roomup ahead to stop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just hold thebrake pedal down firmly and let ABSwork. You may hear noise or feelvibration while the ABS is operating.This is normal. The TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC indicator light will flash to notifythe driver ABS is active and the ABSACTIVE message will display. ABSactivating may be an indication of a

slippery road surface. Caution andbraking sooner may be required fordriving conditions.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brake atthe same time. In many emergencies,steering can help more than even thevery best braking.

Electric Parking Brake

The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The EPB can always beactivated, even if the ignition is off. To



prevent draining the battery, avoidrepeated cycles of the EPB systemwhen the engine is not running.

The system has aY or PARK

Electric Parking Brake light, and a 8Service Parking Brake light.See Electric Parking Brake Light 0 134and Service Electric Parking Brake Light0 134.

Before leaving the vehicle, check fortheY or PARK light to ensure thatthe parking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

TheY or PARK light will flash andthen stay on once the EPB is fullyapplied. If theY or PARK lightflashes continuously, then the EPB isonly partially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DIC messagewill display. Release the EPB and try

to apply it again. If the light does notcome on, or keeps flashing, have thevehicle serviced. Do not drive thevehicle if theY or PARK light isflashing. See your dealer. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 134.

If the 8 light is on, press the EPBswitch and hold it. Continue to holdthe switch until theY or PARK light

remains on. If the 8 light remains on,see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while the vehicleis moving, the vehicle will decelerateas long as the switch is pressed. If theswitch is pressed until the vehiclecomes to a stop, the EPB will remainapplied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations when thevehicle is not moving. This is normal,and is done to periodically check thecorrect operation of the EPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, block the rearwheels to prevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:


2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

3. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The EPB is released when theY orPARK light is off.

If the 8 light is on, release the EPB bypressing and holding the EPB switch.Continue to hold the switch until theY or PARK light is off. If either lightstays on after release is attempted, seeyour dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake system andcause premature wear or damage tobrake system parts. Make sure thatthe parking brake is fully releasedand the brake warning light is offbefore driving.



Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made to driveaway. Avoid rapid acceleration whenthe EPB is applied, to preserve parkingbrake lining life.

If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle ispulling a trailer, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips 0 237.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature is designed toassist the driver in stopping ordecreasing vehicle speed in emergencydriving conditions. This feature usesthe Electronic Brake Control Module(EBCM), which controls the hydraulicbrake circuits to detect when thedriver has quickly and forcefullyapplied the brake pedal in an attemptto quickly stop or slow down thevehicle and to provide additionalbraking beyond a normal brake pedalapply. The EBCM increases brakepressure at each corner of the vehicleuntil the ABS activates. Minor ABSnoise during this time is normal and

the driver should continue to applythe brake pedal as the drivingsituation dictates. The Brake Assistfeature will automatically disengagewhen the brake pedal is released orbrake pedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)

{ Warning

Do not rely on the HSA feature.HSA does not replace the need topay attention and drive safely. Youmay not hear or feel alerts orwarnings provided by this system.Failure to use proper care whendriving may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. See DefensiveDriving 0 172.

Hill Start Assist (HSA) will activatewhen the vehicle is stopped on amoderate to steep grade to helpprevent it from rolling in anunintended direction. After the brakepedal has been released and beforethe accelerator pedal has been

pressed, HSA uses braking pressure tohold the vehicle stationary. HSA willnot activate in a forward drive gearwhen facing downhill, or inR (Reverse) when facing uphill.



Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC).These systems help limit wheel spinand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that any ofthe drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. On anAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicle inAWD or Sport Mode, the system willoperate if it senses that any of thewheels are spinning or beginning tolose traction. When this happens, TCSapplies the brakes to the spinningwheels and reduces engine power tolimit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when thesystem senses a discrepancy betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.

StabiliTrak/ESC selectively appliesbraking pressure at any one of thevehicle's brakes to help steer thevehicle in the direction which you aresteering.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak/ESCbegins to limit wheel spin, cruisecontrol will disengage. Cruise controlmay be turned back on when roadconditions allow. TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on whencruise control is set.

Both systems come on automaticallywhen the vehicle is started and beginsto move. The systems may be heard orfelt while they are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. This isnormal and does not mean there is aproblem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessary toturn TCS off if the vehicle gets stuckin sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If theVehicle Is Stuck 0 177 and “Turningthe Systems Off and On” later in thissection.

The indicator light for both systems isin the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message may display in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on to indicatethat the system is inactive and is notassisting the driver in maintainingcontrol. The vehicle is safe to drive,but driving should be adjustedaccordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.



2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes on andstays on, the vehicle may need moretime to diagnose the problem. If thecondition persists, see your dealer.

Turning the Systems Off and On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS is off.The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light idisplays in the instrument cluster anda DIC message may display.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off and a DIC message maydisplay.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turn offuntil the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold g until the

Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC Off light g come on and stay onin the instrument cluster. A DICmessage may display.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC onagain, press and release g. The

Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC Off light g in the instrumentcluster turn off and a DIC messagemay display.

Adding accessories can affect vehicleperformance. See Accessories andModifications 0 251.

Driver Mode ControlIf equipped, the Driver Mode Controlhas the following modes: Tour, Sport,All-Wheel Drive (AWD), and Snow/Ice(Front-Wheel Drive vehicles only).Press MODE on the center console tomake a mode selection. The first pressof the switch will show the currentmode in the instrument cluster.Continue pressing through theavailable modes.

If the vehicle is in Tour or Sport Modewhen the engine is turned off, DriverMode Control will come on in TourMode at the next ignition cycle.



If the vehicle is in AWD Mode whenthe engine is turned off, Driver ModeControl will come on in AWD Mode atthe next ignition cycle.

Driver Mode Control Switch

Tour : Tour Mode operates in FWD toimprove fuel economy. Use this modeduring normal driving operations.

Sport : Sport Mode improves vehiclehandling and acceleration on drypavement. When active, Sport Modemodifies steering efforts, transmissionshifting, AWD torque, and suspensiontuning, if equipped. When in SportMode, the AWD Mode indicator lightwill be on.

AWD : AWD Mode provides drivetorque to all four wheels. Select AWDto improve traction and control onslippery road surfaces, such as gravel,sand, wet pavement, snow, and ice.When in AWD Mode, the AWD Modeindicator light will be on.

Snow/Ice (FWD Vehicles Only) :Snow/Ice Mode improves vehicleacceleration on snow and ice coveredroads.

Cruise Control

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely at asteady speed. Do not use cruisecontrol on winding roads or inheavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerous onslippery roads. On such roads, fastchanges in tire traction can causeexcessive wheel slip, and you couldlose control. Do not use cruisecontrol on slippery roads.

With cruise control, a speed of about40 km/h (25 mph) or more can bemaintained without keeping your footon the accelerator. Cruise control doesnot work at speeds below about40 km/h (25 mph).

If the Traction Control System (TCS)or StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) begins to limit wheelspin while using cruise control, the



cruise control automaticallydisengages. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 201. If acollision alert occurs when cruisecontrol is activated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System 0 223. When roadconditions allow cruise control to besafely used, it can be turned back on.

Cruise control will disengage if eitherTCS or StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

J : Press to turn the system on andoff. A white indicator appears in theinstrument cluster when cruise isturned on.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, move the thumbwheel upbriefly to resume that speed or pressand hold to accelerate. If the cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed. To increasespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press thethumbwheel up to the first detenttoward RES+. To increase speed to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, press the thumbwheelup to the second detent.

SET− : Move the thumbwheel downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If the cruise control isalready active, use to decrease vehiclespeed. To decrease speed by 1 km/h(1 mph), move the thumbwheel downtoward SET−. To decrease speed to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, move the thumbwheeldown toward SET− to the seconddetent.

* : Press to disengage cruise controlwithout erasing the set speed frommemory.

Setting Cruise Control

IfJ is on when not in use, SET− orRES+ could get pressed and go intocruise when not desired. KeepJ offwhen cruise is not being used.

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Move the thumbwheel down toSET−. The desired set speedbriefly appears in the instrumentcluster.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

When the cruise control has been setto the desired speed, a green cruisecontrol indicator appears on theinstrument cluster and a cruise setspeed message appears on theHead-Up Display (HUD), if equipped.



Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at a desiredspeed and then the brakes are appliedor* is pressed, the cruise control isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move thethumbwheel up toward RES+ briefly.The vehicle returns to the previous setspeed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system is alreadyactivated:

. Move the thumbwheel up towardRES+ until the desired speed isreached, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed in smallincrements, move the thumbwheelup toward RES+ briefly. For eachpress, the vehicle goes about1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

. To increase vehicle speed in largerincrements, move the thumbwheelup toward RES+ to the second

detent. For each press, the vehiclespeed increases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 125.The increment value used depends onthe units displayed.

Reducing Speed While Using CruiseControl

If the cruise control system is alreadyactivated:

. Move the thumbwheel downtoward SET− until the desiredlower speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, move thethumbwheel down toward SET−briefly. For each press, the vehiclegoes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, move thethumbwheel down toward SET− tothe second detent. For each press,

the vehicle speed decreases to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

The cruise control system mayautomatically brake to slow thevehicle down.


Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal to increasethe vehicle speed. When you take yourfoot off the pedal, the vehicle will slowdown to the previous set cruise speed.

While pressing the accelerator pedalor shortly following the release tooverride cruise, briefly moving thethumbwheel down toward SET− willresult in cruise set to the currentvehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness of the



hills. When going up steep hills, youmight have to step on the acceleratorpedal to maintain your speed. Whengoing downhill, the cruise controlsystem may automatically brake toslow the vehicle down. Also, you mayhave to brake or shift to a lower gearto keep your speed down. If the brakepedal is applied, cruise controldisengages.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed is erasedfrom memory ifJ is pressed or ifthe ignition is turned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows the driver toselect the cruise control set speed andfollowing gap. Read this entire sectionbefore using this system. Thefollowing gap is the following timebetween your vehicle and a vehicledetected directly ahead in your path,moving in the same direction. If novehicle is detected in your path, ACCworks like regular cruise control. ACCuses camera and radar sensors. SeeRadio Frequency Statement 0 347.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration or limited,moderate braking to maintain theselected following gap. To disengageACC, apply the brake. If ACC iscontrolling your vehicle speed whenthe Traction Control System (TCS) orStabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system activates, the ACC mayautomatically disengage. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 201. When road conditions allowACC to be safely used, the ACC can beturned back on.

ACC will not engage if the TCS orStabiliTrak/ESC system is disabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking ability andmay not have time to slow thevehicle down enough to avoid acollision with another vehicle youare following. This can occur whenvehicles suddenly slow or stopahead, or enter your lane. Also see“Alerting the Driver” in this section.Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes. See DefensiveDriving 0 172.



{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roads orwhen the sensors are blockedby snow, ice, or dirt. Thesystem may not detect avehicle ahead. Keep the entirefront of the vehicle clean.

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snow conditions.ACC performance is limitedunder these conditions.

. On slippery roads where fastchanges in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip.

J : Press to turn the system on oroff. The indicator turns white on theinstrument cluster when ACC isturned on.

RES+ : Move the thumbwheel upbriefly toward RES+ to resume theprevious set speed or to increasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyactivated. To increase speed by 1 km/h(1 mph), move the thumbwheel up tothe first detent toward RES+. Toincrease speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,move the thumbwheel up to thesecond detent.

SET– : Move the thumbwheel downtoward SET− briefly to set the speedand activate ACC or to decreasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyactivated. To decrease speed by1 km/h (1 mph), move thethumbwheel down toward SET− to thefirst detent. To decrease speed to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, move the thumbwheeldown to the second detent.

* : Press to disengage ACC withouterasing the selected set speed.

[ : Press to select a following gaptime (or distance) setting for ACC ofFar, Medium, or Near.

Switching Between ACC andRegular Cruise Control

To switch between ACC and regularcruise control, press and hold*.A Driver Information Display (DIC)message displays. See Vehicle Messages0 146.



ACC Indicator Regular CruiseControl Indicator

When ACC is engaged, a greenoindicator will be lit on the instrumentcluster and the following gap will bedisplayed. When the regular cruisecontrol is engaged, a greenJindicator will be lit on the instrumentcluster; the following gap will notdisplay.

When the vehicle is turned on, thecruise control mode will be set to thelast mode used before the vehicle wasturned off.

{ Warning

Always check the cruise controlindicator on the instrument clusterto determine which mode cruise

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

control is in before using thefeature. If ACC is not active, thevehicle will not automatically brakefor other vehicles, which couldcause a crash if the brakes are notapplied manually. You and otherscould be seriously injured or killed.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

IfJ is on when not in use, it couldget pressed and go into cruise whennot desired. KeepJ off when cruiseis not being used.

Select the set speed desired for cruise.This is the vehicle speed when novehicle is detected in its path.

ACC will not set at a speed less than25 km/h (16 mph), although it can beresumed when driving at lowerspeeds.

To set ACC while moving:

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Move the thumbwheel downtoward SET–.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle ahead isdetected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

ACC can also be set while the vehicleis stopped if ACC is on and the brakepedal is applied.

The ACC indicator displays on theinstrument cluster and Head-UpDisplay (HUD), if equipped. When ACCis turned on, the indicator will be litwhite. When ACC is engaged, theindicator will turn green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selecting theset speed.



Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied, ACCis disengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, move thethumbwheel up toward RES+ briefly.The vehicle returns to the previous setspeed.

. If the vehicle is moving, it returnsto the previous set speed.

. If the vehicle is stopped with thebrake pedal applied, move thethumbwheel up toward RES+ andrelease the brake pedal. ACC willhold the vehicle until thethumbwheel is moved up towardRES+ or the accelerator pedal ispressed.

A green ACC indicator and the setspeed display on the instrumentcluster. The vehicle ahead indicatormay be flashing if a vehicle ahead waspresent and moved. See “Approachingand Following a Vehicle” later in thissection.

Once ACC has resumed, if there is novehicle ahead, if the vehicle ahead isbeyond the selected following gap,or if the vehicle has exited a sharpcurve, then the vehicle speed willincrease to the set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do one ofthe following:

. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Move thethumbwheel down toward SET– .Release the control and theaccelerator pedal. The vehicle willnow cruise at the higher speed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden. The ACCindicator will turn blue on theinstrument panel and HUD,if equipped. See Vehicle Messages0 146.

. Move the thumbwheel up towardRES+ until the desired set speedappears on the display, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed in smallincrements, move the thumbwheelup toward RES+ to the first detent.For each press, the vehicle goes1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

. To increase vehicle speed in largerincrements, move the thumbwheelup toward RES+ to the seconddetent. For each press, the vehiclespeed increases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer.

The set speed can also be increasedwhile the vehicle is stopped.

. If stopped with the brake applied,move the thumbwheel up towardRES+ until the desired set speed isdisplayed.

. If ACC is holding the vehicle at astop and there is another vehicledirectly ahead, moving thethumbwheel up toward RES+ willincrease the set speed. Moving thethumbwheel up toward RES+ whenthere is no longer a vehicle aheadwill cause the ACC to resume.



When it is determined that there is novehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead isbeyond the selected following gap,then the vehicle speed will increase tothe set speed.


Reducing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do one ofthe following:

. Use the brake to get to the desiredlower speed. Release the brake andmove the thumbwheel downtoward SET– . The vehicle willnow cruise at the lower speed.

. Hold the thumbwheel downtoward SET– until the desiredlower speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, move thethumbwheel down toward SET− to

the first detent. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph)slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, move thethumbwheel down toward SET− tothe second detent. For each press,the vehicle speed decreases to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

. To decrease speed while thevehicle is stopped, move thethumbwheel down toward SET−until the desired set speed isdisplayed.


Selecting the Follow Distance Gap

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Each presscycles the gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near.

When pressed, the current gap settingdisplays briefly on the instrumentcluster and HUD. The gap setting willbe maintained until it is changed.

Since each gap setting corresponds toa following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow a vehicledetected ahead. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selecting thefollowing gap. The range of selectablegaps may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alert timingsensitivity (Far, Medium, or Near) forthe Forward Collision Alert (FCA)feature. See Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System 0 223.



Alerting the Driver

With Head-Up Display

Without Head-Up Display

If ACC is engaged, driver action maybe required when ACC cannot applysufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, six redlights or the collision alert symbol onthe HUD, if equipped, will flash on thewindshield. Either eight beeps willsound from the front, or both sides ofthe Safety Alert Seat will pulse fivetimes. See “Collision/DetectionSystems” under Vehicle Personalization0 147.

See Defensive Driving 0 172.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead indicator is in theinstrument cluster and HUD display.

The vehicle ahead indicator onlydisplays when a vehicle is detected inyour vehicle’s path moving in thesame direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake forvehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected follow gap. The vehicle speedincreases or decreases to follow thevehicle in front of you, but will notexceed the set speed. It may applylimited braking, if necessary. Whenbraking is active, the brake lamps will

come on. The automatic braking mayfeel or sound different than if thebrakes were applied manually. This isnormal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

ACC may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for a vehicleit has never detected moving. Thiscan occur in stop-and-go traffic orwhen a vehicle suddenly appearsdue to a vehicle ahead changinglanes. Your vehicle may not stopand could cause a crash. Usecaution when using ACC. Yourcomplete attention is alwaysrequired while driving and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes.



ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengage andthe driver will need to manually applythe brakes to slow the vehicle when:

. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System (TCS)or StabiliTrak/ESC system hasactivated or been disabled.

. There is a fault in the system.

. The radar falsely reports blockagewhen driving in a desert or remotearea with no other vehicles orroadside objects. A DIC messagemay display to indicate that ACCis temporarily unavailable.

The ACC indicator will turn whitewhen ACC is no longer active.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow gap behinda detected vehicle and slow yourvehicle to a stop behind that vehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has notresumed, the vehicle ahead indicatorwill flash as a reminder to checktraffic ahead before proceeding. In

addition, the left and right sides of theSafety Alert Seat will pulse threetimes, or three beeps will sound. See”Alert Type” and “Adaptive Cruise GoNotifier” in “Collision/DetectionSystems” under Vehicle Personalization0 147.

When the vehicle ahead drives away,move the thumbwheel up toward RES+ or press the accelerator pedal toresume cruise control. If stopped formore than two minutes or if the driverdoor is opened and the driver seat beltis unbuckled, the ACC automaticallyapplies the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPBstatus light will turn on. See ElectricParking Brake 0 198. To release theEPB, press the accelerator pedal.

A DIC warning message may displayindicating to shift to P (Park) beforeexiting the vehicle. See VehicleMessages 0 146.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle, andif ACC is disengaged, turned off,or canceled, the vehicle will nolonger be held at a stop. The vehiclecan move. When ACC is holding thevehicle at a stop, always beprepared to manually apply thebrakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle without placingit in P (Park) can be dangerous. Donot leave the vehicle while it isbeing held at a stop by ACC. Alwaysplace the vehicle in P (Park) andturn off the ignition before leavingthe vehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, the ACC indicator turnsblue on the instrument cluster and inthe HUD (if equipped) to indicate that



automatic braking will not occur. ACCwill resume operation when theaccelerator pedal is not being pressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following a vehicleexiting or entering exit ramps. Youcould lose control of the vehicle orcrash. Do not use ACC while drivingon an entrance or exit ramp. Alwaysbe ready to use the brakes ifnecessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond to avehicle in another lane, or may nothave time to react to a vehicle inyour lane. You could crash into avehicle ahead of you, or lose controlof your vehicle. Give extra attentionin curves and be ready to use thebrakes if necessary. Select anappropriate speed while driving incurves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce the vehiclespeed if the curve is too sharp.

When following a vehicle and enteringa curve, ACC may not detect thevehicle ahead and may accelerate tothe set speed. When this happens, thevehicle ahead indicator will notappear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that is notin your lane and apply the brakes.

ACC may occasionally provide an alertand/or braking that is consideredunnecessary. It could respond tovehicles in different lanes, signs,guardrails, and other stationaryobjects when entering or exiting acurve. This is normal operation. Thevehicle does not need service.



Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrakes may need to be manuallyapplied.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills and WhenTowing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving on steephills or when towing a trailer. ACC willnot detect a vehicle in the lane whiledriving on steep hills. The driver willoften need to take over accelerationand braking on steep hills, especiallywhen towing a trailer. If the brakes areapplied, the ACC disengages.

Disengaging ACC

There are three ways todisengage ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed is erasedfrom memory ifJ is pressed or ifthe ignition is turned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on the windshieldbehind the rearview mirror and theradar sensors on the front of thevehicle can become blocked by snow,

ice, dirt, or mud. These areas need tobe cleaned for ACC to operateproperly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” under ExteriorCare 0 312.

System operation may also be limitedunder snow, heavy rain, or road sprayconditions.



Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashes orreduce crash damage while driving,backing, and parking. Read this entiresection before using these systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. These systemsdo not replace the need for payingattention and driving safely. Youmay not hear or feel alerts orwarnings provided by thesesystems. Failure to use proper carewhen driving may result in injury,death, or vehicle damage. SeeDefensive Driving 0 172.

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitored bythe system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide you withenough time to avoid a crash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as with asticker, magnet, or metalplate.

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes and/or steer thevehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance features alertthe driver of obstacles by beeping. Tochange the volume of the warningchime, see “Comfort and Convenience”under Vehicle Personalization 0 147.

If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat,the driver seat cushion may provide avibrating pulse alert instead ofbeeping. To change this, see“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 147.

Cleaning

Depending on vehicle options, keepthese areas of the vehicle clean toensure the best driver assistancefeature performance. DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagesmay display when the systems areunavailable or blocked.



. Front and rear bumpers and thearea below the bumpers

. Front grille and headlamps

. Front camera lens in the frontgrille or near the front emblem

. Front side and rear side panels

. Outside of the windshield in frontof the rearview mirror

. Side camera lens on the bottom ofthe outside mirrors

. Rear side corner bumpers

. Rear Vision Camera above thelicense plate

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA), FrontPark Assist (FPA), Surround Vision,Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) andBacking Warning System, Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA), and AutomaticParking Assist (APA) may help thedriver park or avoid objects. Alwayscheck around the vehicle whenparking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press anybutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of approximately 12 km/h(8 mph).

1. View Displayed by theCamera



1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may appear on theinfotainment display to show thatRPA has detected an object. Thistriangle changes from amber to redand increases in size the closer theobject.

Surround Vision

If equipped, Surround Vision shows animage of the area surrounding thevehicle, along with the front or rear

camera views on the infotainmentdisplay. The front camera is in thegrille or near the front emblem, theside cameras are on the bottom of theoutside mirrors, and the rear camerais above the license plate.

The Surround Vision system can beaccessed by selecting CAMERA in theinfotainment display or when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). Toreturn to the previous screen sooner,press any button on the infotainmentsystem, shift into P (Park), or reach avehicle speed of approximately12 km/h (8 mph).

{ Warning

The Surround Vision cameras haveblind spots and will not display allobjects near the corners of thevehicle. Folding outside mirrors thatare out of position may not displaysurround view correctly. Alwayscheck around the vehicle whenparking or backing.

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown



{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of the cameras’field of view, below the bumper,or under the vehicle. Showndistances may be different fromactual distances. Do not drive orpark the vehicle using only thesecamera(s). Always check behind andaround the vehicle before driving.Failure to use proper care mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage.

Camera Views

Touch the camera view buttons alongthe bottom of the infotainmentdisplay.

Front/Rear Standard View : Displaysan image of the area in front orbehind the vehicle. Touch Front/RearStandard View on the infotainmentdisplay when a camera view is active.Touching the button multiple timeswill toggle between front and rearcamera views.

If equipped, the front view cameraalso displays when the Park Assistsystem detects an object within30 cm (12 in).

Front/Rear Junction View : Displaysa front or rear cross traffic view thatshows objects directly to the left andright of the front or back of thevehicle. Touch Junction View on theinfotainment display when a cameraview is active. Touching the buttonmultiple times will toggle betweenfront and rear camera views.

Front/Rear Overhead View : Displaysa front or rear overhead view of thevehicle. Touching the button willtoggle between the two views.

Front/Rear Bowl View : Displays aview of the vehicle from either thefront or the back of the vehicle. TouchBowl View on the infotainmentdisplay when a camera view is active.Touching the button multiple timeswill toggle between forward andrearward views. Park Assist and RCTAoverlays are not available when BowlView is active.

Side Forward/Rearward View :Displays a view that shows objectsnext to the front or rear sides of thevehicle. Touch Side Forward/RearwardView on the infotainment displaywhen a camera view is active.



Touching the button multiple timeswill toggle between forward andrearward views. Park Assist and RCTAoverlays are not available when SideForward/Rearward view is active.

Guidance Lines : Displays availableguidelines.

Top Down View : Displays an imageof the area surrounding the vehicle,along with the rear camera view in theinfotainment display. The rear cameraview will be replaced by the frontcamera view after shifting fromR (Reverse) to a forward gear or whenthe vehicle is moving forward slowerthan 12 km/h (8 mph). This view canonly be enabled in Front/RearStandard View by touching the TopDown View button when the CAMERAview is active.

Park Assist

With Front and Rear Park Assist, asthe vehicle moves at speeds of lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph) the sensors onthe bumpers may detect objects up to1.2 m (4 ft) in front and 2.5 m (8 ft)behind the vehicle within a zone25 cm (10 in) high off the ground and

below bumper level. These detectiondistances may be shorter duringwarmer or humid weather. Blockedsensors will not detect objects andcan also cause false detections. Keepthe sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow,ice, and slush; and clean sensors aftera car wash in freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Park Assist system does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available at speedsgreater than 8 km/h (5 mph). Toprevent injury, death, or vehicledamage, even with Park Assist,always check the area around thevehicle and check all mirrors beforemoving forward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have apark assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for the ParkAssist system. As the object getscloser, more bars light up and the barschange color from yellow to amber tored. An obstacle is also indicated byaudible beeps. The interval betweenthe beeps becomes shorter as thevehicle gets closer to the obstacle.

When an object is first detected in therear, both sides of the Safety AlertSeat will pulse two times. When anobject is very close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in thevehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in thevehicle front), five beeps will soundfrom the front or rear depending onobject location, or both sides of the



Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times.Beeps for FPA are higher pitched thanfor RPA.

Backing Warning and ReverseAutomatic Braking (RAB)

Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC) have the Backing WarningSystem and Reverse AutomaticBraking (RAB) system. When inR (Reverse), Backing Warning alerts ofrear objects at vehicle speeds greaterthan 8 km/h (5 mph), and RAB mayautomatically brake hard at speedsbetween 1–32 km/h (0.5–20 mph).

The Backing Warning System willbeep once from the rear when anobject is first detected, or pulse twiceon both sides of the Safety Alert Seat.When the system detects a potentialcrash, beeps will be heard from therear, or five pulses will be felt on bothsides of the Safety Alert Seat. Theremay also be a brief, sharp applicationof the brakes.

{ Warning

The Backing Warning System onlyoperates at speeds greater than8 km/h (5 mph). It does not detectchildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,animals, or objects below thebumper or that are too close or toofar from the vehicle. In somesituations, such as at higherbacking speeds, there may not beenough time for the short, sharpapplication of the vehicle brakesystem to occur. To prevent injury,death, or vehicle damage, even withthe Backing Warning System,always check the area around thevehicle and check all mirrors beforebacking.

When the vehicle is in R (Reverse),if the system detects the vehicle isbacking too fast to avoid a crash witha detected object behind your vehiclein your path, it may automaticallybrake hard to a stop to help avoid orreduce the harm caused by a backingcrash.

{ Warning

RAB may not avoid many types ofbacking crashes. Do not wait for theautomatic braking to apply. Thissystem is not designed to replacedriver braking and only works inR (Reverse) when an object isdetected directly behind the vehicle.It may not brake or stop in time toavoid a crash. It will not brake forobjects when the vehicle is movingat very low speeds. It does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objects belowthe bumper or that are too close ortoo far from the vehicle. To preventinjury, death, or vehicle damage,even with RAB, always check thearea around the vehicle before andwhile backing.

Pressing the brake pedal after thevehicle comes to a stop will releaseRAB. If the brake pedal is not pressedsoon after the stop, the Electric



Parking Brake (EPB) may be set. Whenit is safe, press the accelerator pedalfirmly at any time to override RAB.

{ Warning

There may be instances whereunexpected or undesired automaticbraking occurs. If this happens,either press the brake pedal orfirmly press the accelerator pedal torelease the brakes from the RABsystem. Before releasing the brakes,check the RVC and check the areaaround the vehicle to make sure itis safe to proceed.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, RCTA displays a redwarning triangle with a left or rightpointing arrow on the infotainmentdisplay to warn of traffic coming fromthe left or right. This system detectsobjects coming from up to 20 m (65 ft)from the left or right side of thevehicle. When an object is detected,either three beeps sound from the leftor right or three Safety Alert Seat

pulses occur on the left or right side,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

Use caution while backing up whentowing a trailer, as the RCTAdetection zones that extend out fromthe back of the vehicle do not movefurther back when a trailer is towed.

See Radio Frequency Statement 0 347.

Turning the Features On or Off

PressX on the center stack to turnon or off the Front and Rear ParkAssist, Reverse Automatic Braking(RAB), and the Backing WarningSystem at the same time. Theindicator light next to the buttoncomes on when the features are onand turns off when the features havebeen disabled.

Turn off Park Assist, RCTA, and RABwhen towing a trailer.

RCTA can be turned on or off throughvehicle personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 147.

Automatic Parking Assist (APA)

If equipped, APA searches for andsteers the vehicle into parallel andperpendicular parking spots. Whenusing APA, you must still shift gears,while the system applies the brakesand accelerator. A display and audiblebeeps help to guide parkingmaneuvers.

Do not use APA when towing a trailer.

{ Warning

APA may not detect objects in theparking space, objects that are softor narrow, objects high off theground such as flatbed trucks,objects below ground level such aslarge potholes, or moving objects(e.g. pedestrians). Always verify thatthe parking space is appropriate forparking a vehicle. APA does notrespond to changes in the parkingspace, such as movement of anadjacent vehicle, or a person orobject entering the parking space.APA does not detect or avoid traffic

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

that is behind or alongside of thevehicle. Always be prepared to stopthe vehicle during the parkingmaneuver.

PressO on the center stack toenable the system to search for aparking space that is large enough andwithin 1.5 m (5 ft) of the vehicle. Thevehicle speed must be below30 km/h (18 mph). The system cannot:

. Detect whether it is a legal parkingspace.

. Park exactly lined up with thevehicle next to it if the spot isapproached at an angle or if theparking space is angled.

. Park exactly centered in a spotthat is marked too large.

. Always detect short curbs.

When enabled, APA searches forparallel parking spaces to the right ofthe vehicle. To search for a parkingspace to the left, turn on the left turn

signal or, if available, change the sideselection in the infotainment display.To switch the parking mode betweenparallel and perpendicular, press andholdO during the search process or,if available, change the parking modein the infotainment display.

After completely passing a largeenough space, an audible beep occurs.A red stop symbol and a shift toreverse message are displayed.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), butdoes not steer into the expectedspace, this may be because the systemis maneuvering the vehicle into apreviously detected space. The APAsystem does not need service.

APA will instruct the vehicle to stoponce a large enough space is found.Follow the displayed instructions.Shift to R (Reverse) to engageautomatic steering. The steering wheelwill vibrate briefly as a reminder toremove hands from the steeringwheel. APA uses idle speed andbraking to park. If idle speed is notsufficient, gently press the accelerator.Check surroundings and be preparedto stop to avoid vehicles, pedestrians,or objects not detected by the system.In case the driver brakes, APA will notdisengage. Manual steering by thedriver automatically disengages APA.Vehicle speed is limited to amaximum of 5 km/h (3 mph) duringthe parking maneuver.



A progress arrow displays the statusof the parking maneuver. Dependingon the space size, additionalmaneuvers may be required, and therewill be additional instructions. Whenchanging gears, allow the automaticsteering to complete before continuingthe parking maneuver. APA will beepand display a PARKING COMPLETEmessage. Apply the brakes and placethe vehicle in P (Park).

APA may automatically disengage if:

. The steering wheel is used by thedriver.

. The maximum allowed speed isexceeded.

. The parking brake is applied or thevehicle is shifted into P (Park).

. There is a failure with the APAsystem.

. Electronic stability control orantilock brakes are activated.

. A high priority vehicle message isdisplayed in the DIC.

. The driver opens the door with anunbuckled seat belt.

The brake holds the vehicle until theparking brake or brake is applied,or the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

To cancel APA, pressO again.

When the System Does Not Seem toWork Properly

The APA system may require a shortperiod of driving along curves tocalibrate.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving the vehiclein a forward gear, Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), Lane Departure Warning(LDW), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane ChangeAlert (LCA), Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB), and/or the FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB) System canhelp to avoid a crash or reduce crashdamage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system may helpto avoid or reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. When approachinga vehicle ahead too quickly, FCAprovides a red flashing alert on thewindshield and rapidly beeps or pulsesthe driver seat. FCA also lights anamber visual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within a distanceof approximately 60 m (197 ft) andoperates at speeds above 8 km/h(5 mph). If the vehicle has AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), it can detectvehicles to distances of approximately110 m (360 ft) and operates at allspeeds. See Adaptive Cruise Control0 206.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system and doesnot apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails, bridges,construction barrels, or otherobjects. Be ready to take action andapply the brakes. See DefensiveDriving 0 172.

FCA can be disabled. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 147.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected, thevehicle ahead indicator will displaygreen. Vehicles may not be detectedon curves, highway exit ramps,or hills, due to poor visibility; or if avehicle ahead is partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects. FCA willnot detect another vehicle ahead untilit is completely in the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warning tohelp avoid a crash, unless it detectsa vehicle. FCA may not detect avehicle ahead if the FCA sensor isblocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or ifthe windshield is damaged. It mayalso not detect a vehicle on windingor hilly roads, or in conditions thatcan limit visibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert



When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times. Whenthis Collision Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driver brakingto occur more rapidly which can causea brief, mild deceleration. Continue to



apply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Collision Alert occurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you are followinga vehicle ahead much too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near,or on some vehicles, Off. The firstbutton press shows the current settingon the DIC. Additional button presseswill change this setting. The chosensetting will remain until it is changedand will affect the timing of both theCollision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehicle speed.The faster the vehicle speed, thefarther away the alert will occur.Consider traffic and weatherconditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttimings may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped withAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC),changing the FCA timing settingautomatically changes the followinggap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Following Distance Indicator

The following distance to a movingvehicle ahead in your path is indicatedin following time in seconds on the

Driver Information Center (DIC). SeeDriver Information Center (DIC) 0 140.The minimum following time is0.5 seconds away.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessary alertsfor turning vehicles, vehicles in otherlanes, objects that are not vehicles,or shadows. These alerts are normaloperation and the vehicle does notneed service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, this may correct theissue:

. Clean the outside of thewindshield in front of the rearviewmirror.

. Clean the entire front of thevehicle.

. Clean the headlamps.



Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA).When the system detects a vehicleahead in your path that is traveling inthe same direction that you may beabout to crash into, it can provide aboost to braking or automaticallybrake the vehicle. This can help avoidor lessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This forward automatic brakingcan only occur if a vehicle is detected.This is shown by the FCA vehicleahead indicator being lit. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 223.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h (5 mph)and 80 km/h (50 mph), or on vehicleswith Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),above 4 km/h (2 mph). It can detectvehicles up to approximately 60 m(197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Do notrely on FAB to brake the vehicle.FAB will not brake outside of itsoperating speed range and onlyresponds to detected vehicles.

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles, especiallyvehicles with a trailer,tractors, muddy vehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if it ispartially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes and/or steer thevehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, FABmay engage the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop.Release the EPB or firmly press theaccelerator pedal.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providing aboost to braking based on the speedof approach and distance to a vehicleahead.



Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedalmovement during this time is normaland the brake pedal should continueto be applied as needed. IBA willautomatically disengage only whenthe brake pedal is released.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle braking insituations when it may not benecessary. You could block the flowof traffic. If this occurs, take yourfoot off the brake pedal and thenapply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 147.

{ Warning

Using FAB or IBA while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Turn the system to Alert, or if thevehicle has ACC to Off, whentowing a trailer.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith object detection.

. There is a problem with theStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system.

The FAB system does not needservice.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the FPB system may helpavoid or reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes with nearbypedestrians when driving in aforward gear. FPB displays an amberindicator, ~, when a nearby

pedestrian is detected directly ahead.When approaching a detectedpedestrian too quickly, FPB provides ared flashing alert on the windshieldand rapidly beeps or pulses the driverseat. FPB can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This system includesIntelligent Brake Assist (IBA), and theForward Automatic Braking (FAB)system may also respond topedestrians. See Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) 0 226.

The FPB system can detect and alertto pedestrians in a forward gear atspeeds between 8 km/h (5 mph) and80 km/h (50 mph). During daytimedriving, the system detectspedestrians up to a distance ofapproximately 40 m (131 ft). Duringnighttime driving, system performanceis very limited.



{ Warning

FPB does not provide an alert orautomatically brake the vehicle,unless it detects a pedestrian. FPBmay not detect pedestrians,including children:

. When the pedestrian is notdirectly ahead, fully visible,or standing upright, or whenpart of a group.

. Due to poor visibility,including nighttimeconditions, fog, rain, or snow.

. If the FPB sensor is blockedby dirt, snow, or ice.

. If the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned orin proper condition.

Be ready to take action and applythe brakes. For more information,see Defensive Driving 0 172. Keepthe windshield, headlamps, and FPBsensor clean and in good repair.

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alertand Brake through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 147.

Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead

FPB alerts and automatic braking willnot occur unless the FPB systemdetects a pedestrian. When a nearbypedestrian is detected directly in frontof the vehicle, the pedestrian aheadindicator will display amber.

Front Pedestrian Alert



When the vehicle approaches apedestrian ahead too rapidly, the redFPB alert display will flash on thewindshield. Eight rapid high-pitchedbeeps will sound from the front,or both sides of the Safety Alert Seatwill pulse five times. When thisPedestrian Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driver brakingto occur more rapidly which can causea brief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Front Pedestrian Alertoccurs.

Automatic Braking

If FPB detects it is about to crash intoa pedestrian directly ahead, and thebrakes have not been applied, FPBmay automatically brake moderatelyor brake hard. This can help to avoid



some very low speed pedestriancrashes or reduce pedestrian injury.FPB can automatically brake todetected pedestrians between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).Automatic braking levels may bereduced under certain conditions,such as higher speeds.

If this happens, Automatic Brakingmay engage the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop.Release the EPB. A firm press of theaccelerator pedal will also releaseAutomatic Braking and the EPB.

{ Warning

FPB may alert or automaticallybrake the vehicle suddenly insituations where it is unexpectedand undesired. It could falsely alertor brake for objects similar in shapeor size to pedestrians, includingshadows. This is normal operationand the vehicle does not needservice. To override AutomaticBraking, firmly press the acceleratorpedal, if it is safe to do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 147.

{ Warning

Using the Front Pedestrian Brakingsystem while towing a trailer couldcause you to lose control of thevehicle and crash. Turn the systemto Alert or Off when towing atrailer.

Cleaning the System

If FPB does not seem to operateproperly, cleaning the outside of thewindshield in front of the rearviewmirror may correct the issue.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assists driverswith avoiding crashes that occur withmoving vehicles in the side blind zone(or spot) areas. When the vehicle is in

a forward gear, the left or right sidemirror display will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blind zone.If the turn signal is activated and avehicle is also detected on the sameside, the display will flash as an extrawarning not to change lanes. Sincethis system is part of the Lane ChangeAlert (LCA) system, read the entireLCA section before using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assists driverswith avoiding lane change crashesthat occur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas or withvehicles rapidly approaching theseareas from behind. The LCA warningdisplay will light up in thecorresponding outside side mirror andwill flash if the turn signal is on.



{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changing lanesunder all driving conditions. Failureto use proper care when changinglanes may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. Before making alane change, always check mirrors,glance over your shoulder, and usethe turn signals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning areastarts at approximately the middle ofthe vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft).Drivers are also warned of vehiclesrapidly approaching from up to 25 m(82 ft) behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in the sidemirrors when the system detects amoving vehicle in the next lane overthat is in the side blind zone orrapidly approaching that zone frombehind. A lit LCA symbol indicates itmay be unsafe to change lanes. Beforemaking a lane change, check the LCAdisplay, check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate the systemis operating. When the vehicle is in aforward gear, the left or right sidemirror display will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in the next laneover in that blind zone or rapidlyapproaching that zone. If the turnsignal is activated in the samedirection as a detected vehicle, thisdisplay will flash as an extra warningnot to change lanes.

LCA is disabled when the trailerconnection status is displayed. A DICmessage may display. The SBZAsystem still operates.

LCA can be disabled through vehiclepersonalization. When you disableLCA, SBZA is also disabled. See Vehicle



Personalization 0 147. If LCA isdisabled by the driver, the LCA mirrordisplays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires some drivingfor the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driving on a straighthighway road with traffic and roadsideobjects (e.g., guardrails, barriers).

LCA displays may not come on whenpassing a vehicle quickly, for astopped vehicle, or when towing atrailer. The LCA detection zones thatextend back from the side of thevehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer. LCA may alert to objectsattached to the vehicle, such as atrailer, bicycle, or object extending outto either side of the vehicle. Attachedobjects may also interfere with thedetection of vehicles. This is normalsystem operation; the vehicle does notneed service.

LCA may not always alert the driver tovehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due to guardrails,signs, trees, shrubs, and othernon-moving objects. This is normalsystem operation; the vehicle does notneed service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 312.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in the sideblind zone or are rapidly approachingthis zone and the system is clean, thesystem may need service. Take thevehicle to your dealer.

Radio Frequency Information


Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide a warningif the vehicle is crossing a detectedlane marking without using a turnsignal in the lane departure direction.Since this system is part of the LaneKeep Assist (LKA) system, read theentire LKA section before using thisfeature.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signal inthat direction. It may also provide aLane Departure Warning (LDW)system alert as the lane marking iscrossed. The LKA system will notassist or provide an LDW alert if it



detects that you are actively steering.Override LKA by turning the steeringwheel. LKA uses a camera to detectlane markings between 60 km/h (37mph) and 180 km/h (112 mph).

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if a lanemarking is detected.

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid a lanedeparture or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield or headlampsare blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, if they are not in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

proper condition, or if the sunshines directly into thecamera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it will onlyassist or provide an LDW alertwhen approaching the lane on theside where it has detected a lanemarking. Even with LKA and LDW,you must steer the vehicle. Alwayskeep your attention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicle damage,injury, or death could occur. Alwayskeep the windshield, headlamps,and camera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA in badweather conditions.

{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a trailer oron slippery roads could cause lossof control of the vehicle and acrash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works

The LKA camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the center stack.

When on,A is green if LKA isavailable to assist and provide LDWalerts. It may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel and displayAas amber if the vehicle approaches adetected lane marking without using aturn signal in that direction. It mayalso provide an LDW alert by flashingA amber as the lane marking iscrossed. Additionally, there may bethree beeps, or the driver seat may



pulse three times, on the right or left,depending on the lane departuredirection.

Take Steering

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle. If LKAdoes not detect active driver steering,an alert, chime, or DIC message maybe provided. Steer the vehicle todismiss.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, such aswhen driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning the windshieldmay help.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if the camera is blocked. TheLKA system does not need service.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks, shadows,cracks in the road, temporary orconstruction lane markings, or otherroad imperfections. This is normalsystem operation; the vehicle does notneed service. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

Fuel

Top Tier FuelGM recommends the use of TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline to keep the engineclean, reduce engine deposits, andmaintain optimal vehicle performance.Look for the TOP TIER Logo or seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.



Recommended FuelDo not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Premium unleaded gasoline meetingASTM specification D4814 with aposted octane rating of 93 is highlyrecommended for best performanceand fuel economy. Unleaded gasolinewith an octane rated as low as 87 canbe used. Using unleaded gasolinerated below 93 octane, however, willlead to reduced acceleration and fueleconomy. If knocking occurs, use agasoline rated at 93 octane as soon aspossible, otherwise, the engine couldbe damaged. If heavy knocking isheard when using gasoline with a93 octane rating, the engine needsservice.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing so maydamage the vehicle and void itswarranty:

. For vehicles that are notFlexFuel, fuel labeled greaterthan 15% ethanol by volume,such as mid-level ethanolblends (16–50% ethanol), E85,or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal, ferrocene,and aniline. These fuels cancorrode metal fuel systemparts or damage plastic andrubber parts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions control systemand spark plugs.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Using thisfuel will lower fuel economyand performance, and maydecrease the life of theemissions catalyst.

Fuels in Foreign CountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knock index(AKI). For fuel not to use in a foreigncountry, see Prohibited Fuels 0 234.

Fuel AdditivesTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highlyrecommended for use with yourvehicle. If your country does not haveTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, addACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the vehicle’s gasoline fueltank at every oil change or 15,000 km(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first. TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline and ACDelcoFuel System Treatment Plus−Gasoline



will help keep your vehicle’s enginefuel deposit free and performingoptimally.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

Follow these guidelines:

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Avoid using electronic deviceswhile refueling.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away from thefuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if therefueling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refuelingnozzle slowly and wait for anyhiss noise to stop prior tobeginning to flow fuel.

To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door.

The vehicle has a capless refuelingsystem and does not have a fuel cap.The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a fewseconds after you have finishedpumping before removing the nozzle.Clean fuel from painted surfaces assoon as possible. See Exterior Care0 312.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove the nozzle.Shut off the flow of fuel by shuttingoff the pump or by notifying thestation attendant. Leave the areaimmediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portable gas can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter. It is located with thespare tire in the rear cargo areaunder the load floor tray.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause a fireand you or others could be badlyburned and the vehicle could bedamaged.

3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return to the storagelocation.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuel vapor.You can be badly burned and thevehicle damaged if this occurs. Tohelp avoid injury to you and others:

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, pickup bed,or on any surface other thanthe ground.

. Bring the fill nozzle incontact with the inside of thefill opening before operating

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the nozzle. Contact should bemaintained until the filling iscomplete.

. Do not smoke whilepumping fuel.

. Avoid using electronicdevices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle. Contactyour dealer or trailering dealer forassistance with preparing the vehicleto tow a trailer. Read the entiresection before towing a trailer.

To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towingthe Vehicle 0 309. To tow the vehiclebehind another vehicle such as amotor home, see Recreational VehicleTowing 0 309.

When towing with the 2.0L L4 engine,only use unleaded gasoline with anoctane rating of 89 or higher. Usinggasoline with a lower octane ratingwhile towing may damage the engineand may not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. See Recommended Fuel0 234.

Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips

{ Warning

You can lose control when towing atrailer if the correct equipment isnot used or the vehicle is not drivenproperly. For example, if the traileris too heavy or the trailer brakes areinadequate for the load, the vehiclemay not stop as expected. You andothers could be seriously injured.The vehicle may also be damaged,and the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Pull a trailer only if all the steps inthis section have been followed. Askyour dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailerwith the vehicle.

Driving with a Trailer

Trailering is different than just drivingthe vehicle by itself. Trailering meanschanges in handling, acceleration,braking, durability, and fuel economy.



Successful, safe trailering takes correctequipment, and it has to be usedproperly.

The following information has manytime-tested, important trailering tipsand safety rules. Many of these areimportant for your safety and that ofyour passengers. Read this sectioncarefully before pulling a trailer.

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with and followall state and local laws that applyto trailer towing. Theserequirements vary from state tostate.

. State laws may require the use ofextended side view mirrors. Even ifnot required, you should installextended side view mirrors if yourvisibility is limited or restrictedwhile towing.

. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 800 km (500 mi) of vehicleuse to prevent damage to theengine, axle, or other parts.

. It is recommended to perform thefirst oil change before heavytowing.

. During the first 800 km (500 mi) oftrailer towing, do not drive over80 km/h (50 mph) and do notmake starts at full throttle.

. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).If the transmission downshifts toooften, a lower gear may beselected using Manual Mode SeeManual Mode 0 196.

If equipped, the following driverassistance features should be turnedoff when towing a trailer:

. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)

. Super Cruise Control

. Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

. Park Assist

. Automatic Parking Assist (APA)

. Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB)

If equipped, the following driverassistance features should be turnedto alert or off when towing a trailer:

. Forward Automatic BrakingSystem (FAB)

. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

. Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)

If equipped with Lane Change Alert(LCA), the LCA detection zones thatextend back from the side of thevehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer.

If equipped with Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA), use caution whilebacking up when towing a trailer, asthe RCTA detection zones that extendout from the back of the vehicle donot move further back when a traileris towed.

{ Warning

To prevent serious injury or deathfrom carbon monoxide (CO), whentowing a trailer:

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Do not drive with the liftgate,trunk/hatch, or rear-mostwindow open.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air. See“Climate Control Systems” inthe Index.

For more information about carbonmonoxide, see Engine Exhaust0 190.

Towing a trailer requires experience.The combination of the vehicle andtrailer is longer and not as responsiveas the vehicle itself. Get used to thehandling and braking of thecombination by driving on a level roadsurface before driving on public roads.

The trailer structure, the tires, and thebrakes must be all be rated to carrythe intended cargo. Inadequate trailer

equipment can cause the combinationto operate in an unexpected or unsafemanner. Before driving, inspect alltrailer hitch parts and attachments,safety chains, electrical connectors,lamps, tires, and mirrors. See TowingEquipment 0 244. If the trailer haselectric brakes, start the combinationmoving and then manually apply thetrailer brake controller to check thatthe trailer brakes work. During thetrip, occasionally check that the cargoand trailer are secure and that thelamps and any trailer brakes areworking.

Towing with a Stability ControlSystem

When towing, the stability controlsystem might be heard. The systemreacts to vehicle movement caused bythe trailer, which mainly occursduring cornering. This is normal whentowing heavier trailers.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving without a trailer. This can helpto avoid heavy braking and suddenturns.

Passing

More passing distance is needed whentowing a trailer. The combination ofthe vehicle and trailer will notaccelerate as quickly and is muchlonger than the vehicle alone. It isnecessary to go much farther beyondthe passed vehicle before returning tothe lane. Pass on level roadways.Avoid passing on hills if possible.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. To move the trailer tothe left, move that hand to the left. Tomove the trailer to the right, movethat hand to the right. Always back upslowly and, if possible, have someoneguide you.



Making Turns

Caution

Turn more slowly and make widerarcs when towing a trailer toprevent damage to your vehicle.Making very sharp turns couldcause the trailer to contact thevehicle.

Make wider turns than normal whentowing, so the trailer will not go oversoft shoulders, over curbs, or strikeroad signs, trees, or other objects.Always signal turns well in advance.Do not steer or brake suddenly.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore starting down a long or steepdownhill grade. If the transmission isnot shifted down, the brakes mayoverheat and result in reduced brakingefficiency.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shiftthe transmission to a lower gear if thetransmission shifts too often underheavy loads and/or hilly conditions.

When towing at higher altitudes,engine coolant will boil at a lowertemperature than at lower altitudes.If the engine is turned off immediatelyafter towing at high altitude on steepuphill grades, the vehicle could showsigns similar to engine overheating. Toavoid this, let the engine run,preferably on level ground, with thetransmission in P (Park) for a fewminutes before turning the engine off.If the overheat warning comes on, seeEngine Overheating 0 262.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

To prevent serious injury or death,always park your vehicle and traileron a level surface when possible.

When parking your vehicle and yourtrailer on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but do notshift into P (Park) yet. Turn thewheels into the curb if facingdownhill or into traffic if facinguphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, gradually release the brakepedal to allow the chocks toabsorb the load of the trailer.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake and shiftinto P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

. Start the engine.

. Shift into a gear.

. Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick upand store the chocks.



Maintenance When TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service more oftenwhen used to tow trailers. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 321. It isespecially important to check theautomatic transmission fluid, engineoil, axle lubricant, belts, coolingsystem, and brake system before andduring each trip.

Check periodically that all nuts andbolts on the trailer hitch are tight.

Engine Cooling When TrailerTowing

The cooling system may temporarilyoverheat during severe operatingconditions. See Engine Overheating0 262.

Trailer Towing

Caution

Towing a trailer improperly candamage the vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by the

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

vehicle warranty. To tow a trailercorrectly, follow the directions inthis section and see your dealer forimportant information abouttowing a trailer with the vehicle.

Trailering is different than just drivingthe vehicle by itself. Trailering meanschanges in handling, acceleration,braking, durability, and fuel economy.Successful, safe trailering takes correctequipment, and it has to be usedproperly.

The following information has manytime-tested, important trailering tipsand safety rules. Many of these areimportant for your safety and that ofyour passengers. Read this sectioncarefully before pulling a trailer.

Trailer Weight

{ Warning

Never exceed the towing capacityfor your vehicle.

Safe trailering requires monitoring theweight, speed, altitude, road grades,outside temperature, dimensions ofthe front of the trailer, and howfrequently the vehicle is used to tow atrailer.

When towing a trailer, the combinedweight of the vehicle, vehicle contents,trailer, and trailer contents must bebelow all of the maximum weightratings for the vehicle, including:

. GCWR: Gross Combined WeightRating

. GVWR: Gross Vehicle WeightRating

. Maximum Trailer Weight Rating

. Maximum Trailer Tongue WeightRating

See “Weight-Distributing HitchAdjustment” under Towing Equipment0 244.

See “Trailer Brakes” under TowingEquipment 0 244.

The only way to be sure the weight isnot exceeding any of these ratings isto weigh the tow vehicle and trailer



combination, fully loaded for the trip,getting individual weights for each ofthese items.

{ Warning

You and others could be seriouslyinjured or killed if the trailer is tooheavy or the trailer brakes areinadequate for the load. The vehiclemay be damaged, and the repairswould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Only tow a trailer if all the steps inthis section have been followed. Askyour dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailer.

Gross Combined WeightRating (GCWR)

GCWR is the total allowable weight ofthe completely loaded vehicle andtrailer including any fuel, passengers,cargo, equipment, and accessories. Donot exceed the GCWR for your vehicle.The GCWR for the vehicle is on theTow Rating Chart following.

Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR)

For information about the vehicle'smaximum load capacity, see VehicleLoad Limits 0 178. When calculatingthe GVWR with a trailer attached, thetrailer tongue weight must beincluded as part of the weight thevehicle is carrying.

Maximum Trailer Weight

The maximum trailer weight rating iscalculated assuming the tow vehiclehas a driver, a front seat passenger,and all required trailering equipment.This value represents the heaviesttrailer the vehicle can tow, but it maybe necessary to reduce the trailerweight to stay within the GCW,GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load,or GAWR-RR for the vehicle.

Use the tow rating chart to determinehow much the trailer can weigh, basedon the vehicle model and options.



VehicleMaximum Trailer

Weight GCWR*Maximum Tongue

Weight

2.0L Engine with Base Cooling System 1 134 kg (2,500 lb) 3 150 kg (6,945 lb) 113 kg (250 lb)

2.0L Engine with Heavy Duty Cooling System 1 588 kg (3,500 lb) 3 600 kg (7,936 lb) 159 kg (350 lb)

*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailerincluding any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Maximum Trailer Tongue WeightRating

The Maximum Trailer Tongue WeightRating is the allowable trailer tongueweight that the vehicle can supportusing a conventional trailer hitch.It may be necessary to reduce theoverall trailer weight to stay withinthe maximum trailer tongue weightrating while still maintaining thecorrect trailer load balance.

The trailer tongue weight contributesto the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW).GVW includes the curb weight of yourvehicle, any passengers, cargo,equipment and the trailer tongueweight. Vehicle options, passengers,cargo, and equipment reduce the

maximum allowable tongue weightthe vehicle can carry, which alsoreduces the maximum allowabletrailer weight.

Trailer Load Balance

The correct trailer load balance mustbe maintained to ensure trailerstability. Incorrect load balance is aleading cause of trailer sway.



The trailer tongue weight (1) shouldbe 10–15% of the loaded trailerweight (2). Some specific trailer types,such as boat trailers, fall outside ofthis range. Always refer to the trailerowner’s manual for the recommendedtrailer tongue weight for each trailer.Never exceed the maximum loads foryour vehicle, hitch and trailer.

The trailer load balance percentage iscalculated as: weight (1) divided byweight (2) times 100.

After loading the trailer, separatelyweigh the trailer and then the trailertongue to see if the weights areappropriate for your vehicle. If thetrailer weight is too high, it may be

possible to transfer some of the cargointo your vehicle. If the trailer tongueweight is too high or too low, it maybe possible to rearrange some of thecargo inside of the trailer.

Do not exceed the maximumallowable tongue weight for yourvehicle. Use the shortest hitchextension available to position thehitch ball closer to your vehicle. Thiswill help reduce the effect of thetrailer tongue weight on the trailerhitch and the rear axle.

If a cargo carrier is used in the trailerhitch receiver, choose a carrier thatpositions the load as close to thevehicle as possible. Make sure thetotal weight, including the carrier, isno more than half of the maximumallowable tongue weight for thevehicle.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or assistance.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

Always use the correct hitchequipment for your vehicle.Crosswinds, large trucks going by, andrough roads can affect the trailer andthe hitch.

Proper hitch equipment for yourvehicle helps maintain control of thevehicle-trailer combination. Manytrailers can be towed using aweight-carrying hitch which has acoupler latched to the hitch ball, or atow eye latched to a pintle hook.Other trailers may require aweight-distributing hitch that usesspring bars to distribute the trailertongue weight between your vehicleand trailer axles. See “MaximumTrailer Tongue Weight” under TrailerTowing 0 241 for weight limits withvarious hitch types.

Never attach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches. Only useframe-mounted hitches that do notattach to the bumper.



Hitch Cover

To remove hitch cover, if equipped:

1. Remove the two fasteners on thelower tabs.

2. Pull the lower edge of the coverto about a 45 degree angle.

3. Pull the cover downward todisengage the upperattachments.

To reinstall the hitch cover:

1. Hold cover at a 45 degree angleto the vehicle and push theupper tabs into the slots in thebumper.

2. Push the bottom of the coverforward until the lower tabs lineup with the lower slots.

3. Snap the hitch cover into placeby pushing the upper cornersforward.

4. Reinstall the two fasteners onthe lower tabs.

Consider using mechanical swaycontrols with any trailer. Ask atrailering professional about swaycontrols or refer to the trailermanufacturer's recommendations andinstructions.

Tires. Do not tow a trailer while using a

compact spare tire on the vehicle.

. Tires must be properly inflated tosupport loads while towing atrailer. See Tires 0 278 forinstructions on proper tireinflation.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer, and attach thechains to the holes on the trailer hitch

platform. Instructions about safetychains may be provided by the hitchmanufacturer or by the trailermanufacturer.

Cross the safety chains under thetongue of the trailer to help preventthe tongue from contacting the road ifit becomes separated from the hitch.Always leave just enough slack so thecombination can turn. Never allowsafety chains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes

Loaded trailers over 450 kg (1,000 lb)must be equipped with brake systemsand with brakes for each axle. Trailerbraking equipment conforming toCanadian Standards Association (CSA)requirement CAN3-D313, or itsequivalent, is recommended.

State or local regulations may requiretrailers to have their own brakingsystem if the loaded weight of thetrailer exceeds certain minimums thatcan vary from state to state. Read andfollow the instructions for the trailerbrakes so they are installed, adjusted,and maintained properly. Neverattempt to tap into your vehicle's



hydraulic brake system. If you do,both the vehicle anti-lock brakes andthe trailer brakes may not function,which could result in a crash.

Trailer Wiring Harness

Basic Trailer Wiring

The trailer wiring harness is located atthe rear of the vehicle and is tied tothe vehicle's frame. The harnessconnector can be plugged into atrailer connector available throughyour dealer.

Trailer Lamps

Always check all trailer lamps areworking at the beginning of each trip,and periodically on longer trips.

Turn Signals When Towing aTrailer

When properly connected, the trailerturn signals will illuminate to indicatethe vehicle is turning, changing lanes,or stopping. When towing a trailer,the arrows on the instrument clusterwill illuminate even if the trailer is notproperly connected or the bulbs areburned out.

Trailer Sway Control (TSC)Vehicles with StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC) have a TrailerSway Control (TSC) feature. Trailersway is unintended side-to-sidemotion of a trailer while towing. If thevehicle is towing a trailer and the TSCdetects that sway is increasing, thevehicle brakes are selectively appliedat each wheel, to help reduceexcessive trailer sway. If equipped withthe Integrated Trailer Brake Control(ITBC) system, and the trailer has anelectric brake system, StabiliTrak/ESCmay also apply the trailer brakes.

If TSC is enabled, the Traction ControlSystem (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warninglight will flash on the instrumentcluster. Reduce vehicle speed bygradually removing your foot from theaccelerator. If trailer sway continues,StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine

torque to help slow the vehicle. TSCwill not function if StabiliTrak/ESC isturned off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 201.

{ Warning

Trailer sway can result in a crashand in serious injury or death, evenif the vehicle is equipped with TSC.

If the trailer begins to sway, reducevehicle speed by gradually removingyour foot from the accelerator. Thenpull over to check the trailer andvehicle to help correct possiblecauses, including an improperly oroverloaded trailer, unrestrainedcargo, improper trailer hitchconfiguration, or improperlyinflated or incorrect vehicle ortrailer tires. See Towing Equipment0 244 for trailer ratings and hitchsetup recommendations.



Trailer Tires

Special Trailer (ST) tires differ fromvehicle tires. Trailer tires are designedwith stiff sidewalls to help preventsway and to support heavy loads.These features can make it difficult todetermine if the trailer tire pressuresare low only based on a visualinspection.

Always check all trailer tire pressuresbefore each trip when the tires arecool. Low trailer tire pressure is aleading cause of trailer tire blow-outs.

Trailer tires deteriorate over time. Thetrailer tire sidewall will show the weekand year the tire was manufactured.Many trailer tire manufacturersrecommend replacing tires more thansix years old.

Overloading is another leading causeof trailer tire blow-outs. Never loadyour trailer with more weight than thetires are designed to support. The loadrating is located on the trailer tiresidewall.

Always know the maximum speedrating for the trailer tires beforedriving. This may be significantlylower than the vehicle tire speedrating. The speed rating may be onthe trailer tire sidewall. If the speedrating is not shown, the default trailertire speed rating is 105 km/h(65 mph).

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 131.A device connected to the DLC —such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehicle systems.This could affect vehicle operationand cause a crash. Such devicesmay also access information storedin the vehicle’s systems.



Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always check with yourdealer before adding electricalequipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, see Servicingthe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 90 andAdding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 90.


VEHICLE CARE 249

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

California Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . 256Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . 257Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . 258Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . 266

All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . 267Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . 269Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . 270Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . . . . 272Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . 272Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . 276

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 280Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . 287Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 296Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 309


250 VEHICLE CARE

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visit yourdealer. You will receive genuine GMparts and GM-trained and supportedservice people.

Genuine GM parts have one of thesemarks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, including thisone, as well as many of its serviceparts and fluids, contain and/oremit chemicals known to the Stateof California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductiveharm. Engine exhaust, many partsand systems, many fluids, andsome component wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more information goto www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 266 andJump Starting - North America 0 306and the back cover.


VEHICLE CARE 251

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbag initiators,seat belt pretensioners, and lithiumbatteries contained in Remote KeylessEntry transmitters, may containperchlorate materials. Specialhandling may be necessary. Foradditional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GM certifiedparts, including control module orsoftware modifications, is not coveredunder the terms of the vehiclewarranty and may affect remainingwarranty coverage for affected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicle usinggenuine GM Accessories installed by adealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 90.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not have theproper knowledge, service manual,tools, or parts. Always followowner’s manual procedures andconsult the service manual for yourvehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper service manual.It tells you much more about how toservice the vehicle than this manualcan. To order the proper servicemanual, see Publication OrderingInformation 0 346.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 90.


252 VEHICLE CARE

If equipped with remote vehicle start,open the hood before performing anyservice work to prevent remotestarting the vehicle accidentally. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 35.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 333.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damage tovehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release lever withthis symbol on it. It is inside thevehicle on the lower side of theinstrument panel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle tofind the secondary hood releasehandle. The handle is under thefront edge of the hood near thecenter. Push the handle to theright, then raise the hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, be sureall the filler caps are on properly.

2. Lower the hood from full open towithin 15 cm (6 in) from theclosed position, pause, then pushthe front center of the hood witha swift, firm motion to fully closethe hood. Check to make surethe hood is closed and repeat theprocess if necessary.


VEHICLE CARE 253

Engine Compartment Overview


254 VEHICLE CARE

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 258.

2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil0 254.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See EngineOil 0 254.

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System 0 259.

5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See BrakeFluid 0 265.

6. Battery - North America 0 266.

7. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See Cooling System0 259.

8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal(Under Cover). See Jump Starting- North America 0 306.

9. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 263.

10. Engine Compartment Fuse Block0 273.

11. Remote Negative (-) BatteryTerminal. See Jump Starting -North America 0 306.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engine performanceand long life, careful attention mustbe paid to engine oil. Following thesesimple, but important steps will helpprotect your investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section.

. Check the engine oil level regularlyand maintain the proper oil level.See “Checking Engine Oil” and“When to Add Engine Oil” in thissection.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 256.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especially priorto a long trip. The engine oil dipstick

handle is a loop. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 253 for thelocation.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handle maybe hot; it could burn you. Use atowel or glove to touch the dipstickhandle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check the oillevel.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground. Checkthe engine oil level after theengine has been off for at leasttwo hours. Checking the engine oillevel on steep grades or too soonafter engine shutoff can result inincorrect readings. Accuracyimproves when checking a coldengine prior to starting. Removethe dipstick and check the level.


VEHICLE CARE 255. If unable to wait two hours, the

engine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine is warm,or at least 30 minutes if theengine is not warm. Pull out thedipstick, wipe it with a clean papertowel or cloth, then push it backin all the way. Remove it again,keeping the tip down, and checkthe level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick and theengine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section for anexplanation of what kind of oil to use.For engine oil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications 0 335.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oil levelsabove or below the acceptableoperating range shown on thedipstick are harmful to the engine.If the oil level is above theoperating range (i.e., the engine hasso much oil that the oil level getsabove the cross-hatched area thatshows the proper operating range),the engine could be damaged. Drainthe excess oil or limit driving of thevehicle, and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 253 for the location of the engine oilfill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oil dependson both the proper oil specificationand viscosity grade. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 331.

Specification

Use full synthetic engine oils thatmeet the dexos1 specification.

Engine oils that have been approvedby GM as meeting the dexos1specification are marked with thedexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


256 VEHICLE CARE

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity gradeengine oil.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/Engine OilFlushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting the dexos1specification are all that is needed forgood performance and engineprotection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could cause enginedamage not covered by the vehiclewarranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,

or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change your ownoil, be sure to drain all the oil fromthe filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in the trashor pouring it on the ground, intosewers, or into streams or bodies ofwater. Recycle it by taking it to a placethat collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is based on acombination of factors which includeengine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven. Basedon driving conditions, the mileage atwhich an oil change is indicated canvary considerably. For the oil life

system to work properly, the systemmust be reset every time the oil ischanged.

When the system has calculated thatoil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message comes on. Change theoil as soon as possible within the next1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that,if driving under the best conditions,the oil life system may indicate thatan oil change is not necessary for upto a year. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least once a yearand at this time the system must bereset. Your dealer has trained servicepeople who will perform this work andreset the system. It is also importantto check the oil regularly over thecourse of an oil drain interval andkeep it at the proper level.

If the system is ever reset accidentally,the oil must be changed at 5 000 km(3,000 mi) since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil life systemwhenever the oil is changed.


VEHICLE CARE 257

How to Reset the Engine Oil LifeSystem

Reset the system whenever the engineoil is changed so that the system cancalculate the next engine oil change.To reset the system:

1. Using the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheel,display REMAINING OIL LIFE onthe DIC. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 140. Whenremaining oil life is low, theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on thedisplay.

2. Press V on the DIC controls andhold down for a few seconds toclear the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message and reset the oillife at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The system is reset when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON messageis off.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluidA transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs,take the vehicle to your dealer andhave it repaired as soon as possible.

Caution

Use of the incorrect automatictransmission fluid may damage thevehicle, and the damage may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always use the correct automatictransmission fluid. SeeRecommended Fluids and Lubricants0 331.

See your dealer to have the fluid andfilter changed at the intervals listed inthe Maintenance Schedule 0 321.

Engine Air Filter LifeSystem

When to Change Engine AirFilter

Replace the engine air filter when theREPLACE NOW message displays onthe Driver Information Center (DIC).This should be done as soon aspossible within the next 1 000 km(600 mi) or at the next oil change,depending on the DIC message. Thesystem must be reset after the engineair filter is changed. See your dealerfor service and to reset the system.

When a REPLACE AT NEXT OILCHANGE message displays, thisindicates that the engine air filterchange is necessary at the next engineoil change.

If equipped, this feature provides anindication of when to change theengine air filter. It is based on drivingconditions, which can cause when to


258 VEHICLE CARE

change to vary greatly. It is possiblean air filter change may not beindicated for up to four years.

How to Reset Engine Air FilterLife System

To reset:

1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

2. Display the Air Filter Life on theDIC. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 140.

3. Press T to move to the Reset/Disable display area. Select Resetthen press V.

4. Press to confirm to reset.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on the passengerside of the vehicle. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 253.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter. For intervals on changing and

inspecting the engine air filter, seeMaintenance Schedule 0 321.

. If equipped with Engine Air FilterLife System, see Engine Air FilterLife System 0 257.

. If driving in very dusty areas,follow the engine air filterinspecting and changing intervals,see Maintenance Schedule 0 321.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter,make sure that the engine air cleaner/filter housing and nearby componentsare free of dirt and debris. Remove theengine air cleaner/filter. Lightly tapand shake the engine air cleaner/filter(away from the vehicle), to releasedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, and replaceif damaged. Do not clean the engineair cleaner/filter or components withwater or compressed air.

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1. Remove the six screws on top ofthe engine air cleaner/filterhousing.

2. Lift the air cleaner/filter coverhousing away from the engine.

3. Pull out the filter.

4. Inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall thefilter cover housing.


VEHICLE CARE 259

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. Use cautionwhen working on the engine. Donot start the engine or drive thevehicle with the air cleaner/filteroff, as flames may be present if theengine backfires.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Always havethe air cleaner/filter in place whendriving.

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows the engineto maintain the correct workingtemperature.

1. Electric Engine Cooling Fan(Out of View)

2. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap

{ Warning

An underhood electric fan can startup even when the engine is notrunning and can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts. Theycan be very hot and can burn you.Do not run the engine if there is aleak; all coolant could leak out.That could cause an engine fire andcan burn you. Fix any leak beforedriving the vehicle.

Engine Coolant

The engine cooling system in thevehicle is filled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant mixture. This coolant needs tobe checked and changed atappropriate levels.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 331 and MaintenanceSchedule 0 321.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating, seeEngine Overheating 0 262.


260 VEHICLE CARE

What to Use

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts. Theycan be very hot and can burn you.Do not run the engine if there is aleak; all coolant could leak out.That could cause an engine fire andcan burn you. Fix any leak beforedriving the vehicle.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection down to−37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

Do not use anything other than amix of DEX-COOL coolant thatmeets GM Standard GMW3420 andclean, drinkable water. Anythingelse can cause damage to theengine cooling system and thevehicle, which would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or pouring into sewers,streams, or bodies of water. Have thecoolant changed by an authorizedservice center, familiar with legalrequirements regarding used coolantdisposal. This will help protect theenvironment and your health.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a level surfacewhen checking the coolant level.

Check to see if coolant is visible in thecoolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level mark is not at orabove the indicated mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable waterand DEX-COOL coolant. Be sure thecooling system is cool before this isdone. See Engine Overheating 0 262.

The coolant surge tank is in theengine compartment on the driverside of the vehicle. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 253.


VEHICLE CARE 261

How to Add Coolant to theSurge Tank

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engine partscan burn you. Coolant containsethylene glycol and it will burn ifthe engine parts are hot enough.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressure cap,even a little, can cause them tocome out at high speed and youcould be burned. Never turn the capwhen the cooling system, includingthe pressure cap, is hot. Wait forthe cooling system and pressurecap to cool.

Caution

Failure to follow the specificcoolant fill procedure could causethe engine to overheat and couldcause system damage. If coolant isnot visible in the surge tank,contact your dealer.

The coolant surge tank pressure capcan be removed when the coolingsystem, including the surge tankpressure cap and upper radiator hose,is no longer hot.

1. Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise. If a hiss isheard, wait for that to stop.A hiss means there is still somepressure left.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

3. If topping off the level in thecoolant surge tank, add theproper mixture until the levelreaches the mark on the front ofthe tank and replace the cap.Operate the vehicle. Repeat steps1–3, as necessary.

If filling the system (such asafter servicing), follow theAutomatic Coolant Service FillInstructions.


262 VEHICLE CARE

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure the capis properly and tightly secured.

Automatic Coolant Service FillInstructions

This feature assists in filling andremoving air from the cooling systemafter service of components or whencoolant is added after being too low.

To activate the fill and air removalprocess:

1. With a cold system, add coolantto the COLD FILL mark on thesurge tank.

2. Replace the cap on thesurge tank.

3. Connect the vehicle to a batterycharger.

4. Turn the ignition to ServiceMode. See Ignition Positions0 182.

5. Turn off the air conditioning.

6. Set the parking brake.

7. At the same time, press theaccelerator and the brake forautomatic transmission vehiclesfor two seconds, then release.

At the end of the cycle, check thecoolant level in the surge tank andadd coolant if it is low. Turn off thevehicle, allow the Electronic ControlModule (ECM) to go to sleep, about2 minutes, and repeat Steps 3-7.

Listen for pump activation andmovement of the control valves whilewatching the level of the coolant inthe surge tank. If the tank empties,turn the ignition off, carefully removethe surge tank cap, refill to the COLDFILL mark, and repeat Steps 3-6. Thefill and air removal process will runfor approximately 10 minutes.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has several indicators towarn of the engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature gauge on the instrumentcluster. See Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge 0 129. The vehicle may alsodisplay a message on the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears, getservice help right away. See RoadsideService 0 341.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle is parkedon a level surface. Then check to see ifthe engine cooling fan is running.If the engine is overheating, the fanshould be running. If it is not, do notcontinue to run the engine. Have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Do not run the engine if there is aleak in the engine cooling system.This can cause a loss of all coolantand can damage the system andvehicle. Have any leaks fixedright away.


VEHICLE CARE 263

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressure cap,even a little, can cause them tocome out at high speed and youcould be burned. Never turn the capwhen the cooling system, includingthe pressure cap, is hot. Wait forthe cooling system and pressurecap to cool.

If No Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seen orheard, the problem may not be tooserious. Sometimes the engine can geta little too hot when the vehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to the highesttemperature and to the highestfan speed. Open the windows asnecessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in the overheatedarea or the engine coolanttemperature warning light no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safedistance from the vehicle in front.If the warning does not come back on,continue to drive normally and havethe cooling system checked for properfill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicle right away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes while parked.If the warning is still displayed, turnoff the engine until it cools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in an areawhere the temperature may fall belowfreezing, use a fluid that has sufficientprotection against freezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

The appropriate message will appearin the Driver Information Center (DIC)when the fluid level is low.


264 VEHICLE CARE

Open the cap with the washer symbolon it. Add washer fluid until the tankis full. See Engine CompartmentOverview 0 253 for reservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in the windshieldwasher. It can damage thewindshield washer systemand paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause the solutionto freeze and damage thewasher fluid tank and otherparts of the washer system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Fill the washer fluid tank onlythree-quarters full when it isvery cold. This allows forfluid expansion if freezingoccurs, which could damagethe tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or can beheard all the time when the vehicle ismoving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes will notwork well. That could lead to a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 335.


VEHICLE CARE 265

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedal doesnot return to normal height, or ifthere is a rapid increase in pedaltravel. This could be a sign that brakeservice may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacement parts.If this is not done, the brakes may notwork properly. The brakingperformance expected can change inmany other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts are installedor if parts are improperly installed.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoir isfilled with GM approved DOT 3 brakefluid as indicated on the reservoir cap.See Engine Compartment Overview0 253 for the location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on a levelsurface, the brake fluid level should bebetween the minimum and maximummarks on the brake fluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, the fluidlevel goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brake hydraulicsystem. Have the brake hydraulicsystem fixed. With a leak, thebrakes will not work well.

Always clean the brake fluid reservoircap and the area around the capbefore removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid. Addingfluid does not correct a leak. If fluid isadded when the linings are worn,there will be too much fluid when

new brake linings are installed. Add orremove fluid, as necessary, only whenwork is done on the brake hydraulicsystem.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. You orothers could be burned, and thevehicle could be damaged. Addbrake fluid only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System Warning Light0 133.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluid atthe specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 321.


266 VEHICLE CARE

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3 brakefluid from a clean, sealed container.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 331.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, the paintfinish can be damaged. Immediatelywash off any painted surface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not remove thecap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new battery is needed. SeeEngine Compartment Overview 0 253for battery location.

The vehicle has an Absorbed GlassMat (AGM) 12-volt battery.Installation of a standard 12-voltbattery will result in reduced 12-voltbattery life.

When using a 12-volt battery chargeron the 12-volt AGM battery, somechargers have an AGM battery settingon the charger. If available, use theAGM setting on the charger, to limitcharge voltage to 14.8 volts. Followthe charger manufacturer'sinstructions.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and related accessoriescontain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birthdefects or other reproductive harm.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Batteries also contain otherchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer. WASHHANDS AFTER HANDLING. Formore information go towww.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition 65 Warning0 250 and the back cover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode. Youcan be badly hurt if you are notcareful. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 306 for tips on workingaround a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove the black,negative (−) cable from the battery tokeep the battery from running down.


VEHICLE CARE 267

Extended Storage: Remove the black,negative (−) cable from the battery oruse a battery trickle charger.

All-Wheel Drive

Transfer Case

Under normal driving conditions,transfer case fluid does not requiremaintenance unless there is a fluidleak or unusual noise. If required,have the transfer case serviced byyour dealer.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this inspection,the vehicle could move suddenly.If the vehicle moves, you or otherscould be injured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the accelerator pedal,and be ready to turn off theengine immediately if it starts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check, thevehicle could begin to move. You orothers could be injured andproperty could be damaged. Makesure there is room in front of thevehicle in case it begins to roll. Beready to apply the regular brake atonce should the vehicle beginto move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keeping yourfoot on the regular brake, set theparking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park) mechanism'sholding ability: With the enginerunning, shift to P (Park). Thenrelease the parking brake followedby the regular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear or cracking.

It is a good idea to clean or replacethe wiper blade assembly on a regularbasis or when worn. For properwindshield wiper blade length andtype, see Maintenance ReplacementParts 0 332.


268 VEHICLE CARE

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiper bladeis installed could damage thewindshield. Any damage that occurswould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not allow the wiperarm to touch the windshield.

Front Wiper Blade Replacement

To replace the wiper blade assembly:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Lift up on the latch in the middleof the wiper blade where thewiper arm attaches.

3. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough to releaseit from the J-hooked end of thewiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

To remove the wiper blade:

1. Turn the vehicle on and operatethe rear windshield wiper. SeeRear Window Wiper/Washer0 119.

2. Turn the vehicle off when therear wiper blade is no longercovered by the spoiler.

3. Lift the wiper arm away from thewindow.

4. Push the release lever (2) todisengage the hook and push thewiper arm (1) out of the bladeassembly (3).

5. Push the new blade assemblysecurely on the wiper arm untilthe release lever clicks into place.


VEHICLE CARE 269

Windshield Replacement

HUD System

If equipped, the windshield is part ofthe HUD system. If the windshieldmust be replaced, get one that isdesigned for HUD or the HUD imagemay look out of focus.

Driver Assistance Systems

When a windshield replacement isneeded and the vehicle is equippedwith a front-looking camera sensor forthe Driver Assistance Systems, thewindshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forthese systems to work properly. If it isnot, there may be unexpectedbehavior and/or messages from thesesystems.

Acoustic Windshield

The vehicle is equipped with anacoustic windshield. If the windshieldneeds to be replaced, be sure to get anacoustic windshield so you willcontinue to have the benefits anacoustic windshield can provide.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance in liftingand holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full open position.

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold open thehood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail, youor others could be seriously injured.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice immediately. Visuallyinspect the gas struts for signs ofwear, cracks, or other damageperiodically. Check to make sure thehood/trunk/liftgate is held openwith enough force. If struts arefailing to hold the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. Have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also do notpush down or pull on gas struts.This may cause damage to thevehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 321.

Hood


270 VEHICLE CARE

Trunk

Liftgate

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changing procedurenot listed in this section, contact yourdealer.

Caution

Do not replace incandescent bulbswith aftermarket LED replacementbulbs. This can cause damage tothe vehicle electrical system.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Front Turn Signal Lamps

Uplevel

See your dealer for turn signalreplacement.

Base level

To replace one of these lamps:


VEHICLE CARE 271

1. Turn steering wheel in oppositedirection as the bulb in need ofreplacing.

2. Remove fasteners retaining thefront wheel liner.

3. Pull back wheel liner to exposeback of turn signal lamp.

4. Remove turn signal bulb socketfrom lamp housing by rotatingcounterclockwise.

5. Replace the bulb and reverseSteps 1–4 to reinstall.

Back-Up Lamps

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Remove the fasteners to removethe trailer hitch cover.

2. Access the lamp through theopening in the underbody.

3. Disconnect the electricalconnector from the bulbassembly.

4. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise and pull thebulb straight out of the socket.

5. Replace the bulb and reverseSteps 1–4 to reinstall.


272 VEHICLE CARE

Electrical System

Electrical System OverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load is tooheavy, the circuit breaker opens andcloses, protecting the circuit until thecurrent load returns to normal or theproblem is fixed. This greatly reducesthe chance of circuit overload and firecaused by electrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new one ofthe identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can be borrowed.Choose some feature of the vehiclethat is not needed to use and replaceit as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may cause thelamps to go on and off, or in somecases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right away ifthe lamps go on and off or remain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protected fromelectrical overload, overload due toheavy snow or ice may cause wiperlinkage damage. Always clear ice andheavy snow from the windshieldbefore using the windshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and Circuit BreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused by electricalproblems.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuit breakers.Use of an oversized fuse or circuitbreaker can result in a vehicle fire.You and others could be seriouslyinjured or killed.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replace abad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.


VEHICLE CARE 273

Fuses of the same amperage can betemporarily borrowed from anotherfuse location, if a fuse goes out.Replace the fuse as soon as possible.

Engine Compartment FuseBlockThe underhood fuse block is in theengine compartment, on the driverside of the vehicle.

Caution

Do not pull the enginecompartment fuse block lever, sinceit is intended only for servicepurposes. If pulled, vehiclemalfunction may occur.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep the coverson any electrical component.

To remove the fuse block cover, pressthe clips on the cover and lift itstraight up.

The vehicle may not be equipped withall of the fuses, relays, and featuresshown.


274 VEHICLE CARE

Fuses Usage

3 Antilock brakesystem pump

5 –

6 Rear closure

7 Trailer stop/Turn LH

8 Memory seat module

9 Pedestrian friendlyalert function

10 Semi-active dampingsystem

11 DC DC Battery 1

12 Rear defogger

13 Heated mirror

14 –

15 Passive entry passivestart

16 Front wiper

17 Passenger power seat

18 Power liftgate module

19 Driver power seat

21 Sunroof


VEHICLE CARE 275

Fuses Usage

22 Rear wiper

23 Auto headlampleveling/Canister ventsolenoid

26 Transmission controlmodule/Ignition

27 Instrument panelbody/Ignition

28 Rear wiper

29 Seat ventilation

30 Malfunctionindicator lamp

32 Rear drive controlmodule 1

33 Front heated seat

34 Handsfree/Windowswitch

35 –

36 Fuel module

39 Massage

40 Steering column lock

41 –

Fuses Usage

43 Heated steering wheel

44 –

46 Engine controlmodule/Ignition

48 Rear drive controlmodule 2

49 Heating ventilation/Air conditioningblower motor

50 –

51 –

54 –

55 –

56 Starter motor

57 –

58 –

59 High-beam headlamps

60 –

61 –

62 –

63 –

Fuses Usage

65 Air conditioningcontrol

67 –

68 –

69 –

70 Trailer park lamp

72 Starter pinion

75 Engine controlmodule

76 Powertrain off engine

78 Horn

79 Washer pump

81 Transmission controlmodule/Enginecontrol module

83 Ignition coil

84 Powertrain on engine

85 Shunt

86 Shunt

87 –

88 Aeroshutter


276 VEHICLE CARE

Fuses Usage

89 –

92 Trailer stop/Turnright

93 –

95 –

96 –

99 –

Relays Usage

4 –

20 Rear defogger

25 Front wiper control

31 Run/Crank

37 Front wiper speed

42 –

64 Starter motor

66 Powertrain

71 Trailer park lamp

73 Air conditioningcontrol

80 Starter pinion

Relays Usage

90 –

94 –

98 –

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block is onthe driver side of the instrumentpanel, between the steering wheel andthe door. To access the fuses, removethe panel, starting at the top. Onceclips are disengaged, the tabs along

the bottom of the door can bedisengaged from the instrument panelto remove the door.

To reinstall the door, place the bottomtabs into the slots, and rotate the doorinto position, engaging the clips.

The vehicle may not be equipped withall of the fuses, relays, and featuresshown.


VEHICLE CARE 277

Fuses Usage

F1 Left power window

F2 Right power window

F3 –

F4 DC DC battery 2/1

F5 Auxiliary poweroutlet – cargo

Fuses Usage

F6 Heated seat battery 1

F7 Heated seat battery 2

F8 Body control module 3

F9 Electric parking brakeswitch

F10 Body control module 2(stop/start)

Fuses Usage

F11 –

F12 –

F13 –

F14 –

F15 Transmission controlmodule (stop/start)

F16 Amplifier

F17 –

F18 Video processingmodule

F19 Power steering column




F23 Electric steeringcolumn lock

F24 Airbag

F25 Data link connector

F26 –

F27 –

F28 –


278 VEHICLE CARE

Fuses Usage


F30 Overhead console

F31 Steering wheel control

F32 –

F33 Heating ventilation/Airconditioning

F34 CGM

F35 Heated switch

F36 Charger

F37 Auxiliary poweroutlet – front

F38 OnStar

F39 Display

F40 Obstacle detection

F41 Body control module 1(stop/start)

F42 Radio

F43 Auxiliary poweroutlet – console (circuitbreaker)

F44 Auxiliary poweroutlet – console

Relay Usage

K1 –

K2Retained accessorypower

K3 –

K4 –

K5 –

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. See thewarranty manual for informationregarding the tire warranty andwhere to get service. Foradditional information refer to thetire manufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too much flexing.There could be a blowoutand a serious crash. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

(Continued)


VEHICLE CARE 279

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash could causeserious injury. Check alltires frequently tomaintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires are morelikely to be cut, punctured,or broken by a suddenimpact — such as whenhitting a pothole. Keeptires at the recommendedpressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If the treadis badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires that havebeen damaged by impactswith potholes, curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or an authorizedtire service center shouldrepair, replace, dismount,and mount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation 0 287 for inflationpressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come with all-seasontires. These tires are designed toprovide good overall performance onmost road surfaces and weatherconditions. Original equipment tiresdesigned to GM's specific tireperformance criteria have a TPCspecification code molded onto thesidewall. Original equipmentall-season tires can be identified bythe last two characters of this TPCcode, which will be “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires on thevehicle if frequent driving on snow orice-covered roads is expected.All-season tires provide adequateperformance for most winter drivingconditions, but they may not offer thesame level of traction or performanceas winter tires on snow or ice-coveredroads. See Winter Tires 0 279.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-covered


280 VEHICLE CARE

roads. Consider installing winter tireson the vehicle if frequent driving onice or snow covered roads is expected.See your dealer for details regardingwinter tire availability and proper tireselection. Also, see Buying New Tires0 294.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction, increasedroad noise, and shorter tread life.After changing to winter tires, be alertfor changes in vehicle handling andbraking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, and speedrating as the original equipmenttires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with 235/55R18 or 245/45R20 high performancesummer tires. These tires have aspecial tread and compound that areoptimized for maximum dry and wetroad performance. This special treadand compound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, and onice and snow. It is recommended thatwinter tires be installed on the vehicleif frequent driving at temperaturesbelow approximately 5 °C (40 °F) or onice or snow covered roads is expected.See Winter Tires 0 279.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may develop surfacecracks in the tread area attemperatures below −7 °C (20 °F).Always store high performancesummer tires indoors and attemperatures above −7 °C (20 °F)when not in use. If the tires have

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

been subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) orless, let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Always inspecttires before use. See Tire Inspection0 292.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typical passengervehicle tire and a compact sparetire sidewall.


VEHICLE CARE 281

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (Tire PerformanceCriteria Specification) : Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification code

molded onto the sidewall. GM'sTPC specifications meet or exceedall federal safety guidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that the tireis in compliance with the U.S.Department of TransportationMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.

DOT Tire Date of Manufacture :The last four digits of the TINindicate the tire manufactureddate. The first two digits representthe week (01–52) and the last twodigits, the year. For example, thethird week of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Department ofTransportation) code are the TireIdentification Number (TIN). TheTIN shows the manufacturer andplant code, tire size, and date the

tire was manufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of the tire,although only one side may havethe date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies in thesidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire Quality Grading0 296.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and the maximumpressure needed to supportthat load.


282 VEHICLE CARE

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies in thesidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and gone flat.If the vehicle has a compact sparetire, see Compact Spare Tire 0 305and If a Tire Goes Flat 0 299.

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Department ofTransportation) code are the TireIdentification Number (TIN). TheTIN shows the manufacturer andplant code, tire size, and date thetire was manufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of the tire,although only one side may havethe date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and the maximumpressure needed to supportthat load.

(5) Tire Inflation : The temporaryuse tire or compact spare tireshould be inflated to 420 kPa(60 psi). For more information ontire pressure and inflation see TirePressure 0 285.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define a tire'swidth, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and service

description. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (Tire PerformanceCriteria Specification) : Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. GM'sTPC specifications meet or exceedall federal safety guidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicle tire size.


VEHICLE CARE 283

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tire andRim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters from sidewallto sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire size aspectratio is 60, as shown in item 3 ofthe illustration, it would meanthat the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire. Theletter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D means

diagonal or bias ply construction;and the letter B means belted-biasply construction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of the tire.The load index represents the loadcarrying capacity a tire is certifiedto carry. The speed rating is themaximum speed a tire is certifiedto carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount of airinside the tire pressing outwardon each square inch of the tire.Air pressure is expressed in kPa(kilopascal) or psi (pounds persquare inch).

Accessory Weight : The combinedweight of optional accessories.Some examples of optional

accessories are automatictransmission, power windows,power seats, and air conditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationship ofa tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline of thetread.

Cold Tire Pressure : The amountof air pressure in a tire, measuredin kPa (kilopascal) or psi (poundsper square inch) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving. SeeTire Pressure 0 285.


284 VEHICLE CARE

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil, andcoolant, but without passengersand cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT code includesthe Tire Identification Number(TIN), an alphanumeric designatorwhich can also identify the tiremanufacturer, production plant,brand, and date of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 178.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unitfor air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 thatcorresponds to the load carryingcapacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : The loadrating for a tire at the maximumpermissible inflation pressure forthat tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curb weight,accessory weight, vehicle capacityweight, and production optionsweight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bears whitelettering, or bears manufacturer,brand, and/or model name


VEHICLE CARE 285

molding that is higher or deeperthan the same moldings on theother sidewall of the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehicle manufacturer'srecommended tire inflationpressure as shown on the tireplacard.See Tire Pressure 0 285 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 178.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the ply cords that extendto the beads are laid at 90 degreesto the centerline of the tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beads areseated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicatingthe maximum speed at which atire can operate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the tread ofa tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)of tread remains. See When It IsTime for New Tires 0 293.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for a tire'straction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings are determinedby tire manufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 296.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated cargoload. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 178.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to a vehicleshowing the vehicle capacityweight and the original equipmenttire size and recommendedinflation pressure. See “Tire andLoading Information Label” underVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operate effectively.


286 VEHICLE CARE

{ Warning

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tires thatdo not have enough air, canresult in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, can result in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and Loading Informationlabel on the vehicle indicates theoriginal equipment tires and thecorrect cold tire inflationpressures. The recommendedpressure is the minimum airpressure needed to support thevehicle's maximum load carryingcapacity. See Vehicle Load Limits0 178.

How the vehicle is loaded affectsvehicle handling and ride comfort.Never load the vehicle with moreweight than it was designed tocarry.

When to Check

Check the pressure of the tiresonce a month or more. Do notforget the compact spare, if thevehicle has one. The cold compactspare tire pressure should be at420 kPa (60 psi). See CompactSpare Tire 0 305.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been driven forat least three hours or no morethan 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve to geta pressure measurement. If thecold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire and LoadingInformation label, no furtheradjustment is necessary. If theinflation pressure is low, add airuntil the recommended pressure isreached. If the inflation pressureis high, press on the metal stem inthe center of the tire valve torelease air.


VEHICLE CARE 287

Recheck the tire pressure with thetire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100 mph) or higher, puts additionalstrain on tires. Sustainedhigh-speed driving causes excessiveheat buildup and can cause suddentire failure. This could cause acrash, and you or others could bekilled. Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speed

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

operation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicle tobe driven at high speeds, make surethe tires are rated for high-speedoperation, are in excellentcondition, and are set to the correctcold tire inflation pressure for thevehicle load.

Vehicles with 235/55R18 or 245/45R20size tires require inflation pressureadjustment when driving the vehicleat speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) orhigher. Set the cold tire inflationpressure to 20 kPa (3 psi) above therecommended cold tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

Return the tires to the recommendedcold tire inflation pressure whenhigh-speed driving has ended.See Vehicle Load Limits 0 178 and TirePressure 0 285.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitor theair pressure in your tires and transmittire pressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to theinflation pressure recommended bythe vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or tireinflation pressure label, you shoulddetermine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of your tiresis significantly under-inflated.


288 VEHICLE CARE

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tire causesthe tire to overheat and can lead totire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire treadlife, and may affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance,and it is the driver's responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached thelevel to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combinedwith the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated. This

sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as longas the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation0 288.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). The TPMS isdesigned to warn the driver when a

low tire pressure condition exists.TPMS sensors are mounted onto eachtire and wheel assembly, excluding thespare tire and wheel assembly. TheTPMS sensors monitor the airpressure in the tires and transmit thetire pressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure condition isdetected, the TPMS illuminates thelow tire pressure warning light on theinstrument cluster. If the warninglight comes on, stop as soon aspossible and inflate the tires to therecommended pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label.See Vehicle Load Limits 0 178.

A message to check the pressure in aspecific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The low tirepressure warning light and the DICwarning message come on at each


VEHICLE CARE 289

ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tire pressurelevels can be viewed. For additionalinformation and details about the DICoperation and displays see DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 140.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that the airpressure is getting low and needs tobe inflated to the proper pressure.

A Tire and Loading Information label,attached to your vehicle, shows thesize of the original equipment tiresand the correct inflation pressure forthe tires when they are cold. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 178 for anexample of the Tire and LoadingInformation label and its location.Also see Tire Pressure 0 285.

The TPMS can warn about a low tirepressure condition but it does notreplace normal tire maintenance. SeeTire Inspection 0 292, Tire Rotation0 292, and Tires 0 278.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properly ifone or more of the TPMS sensors aremissing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, the lowtire pressure warning light flashes forabout one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignition cycle.A DIC warning message also displays.The malfunction light and DICwarning message come on at eachignition cycle until the problem iscorrected. Some of the conditions thatcan cause these to come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have a TPMSsensor. The malfunction light andDIC message should go off afterthe road tire is replaced and thesensor matching process isperformed successfully. See “TPMSSensor Matching Process” later inthis section.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. The malfunctionlight and the DIC message shouldgo off after successfullycompleting the sensor matchingprocess. See "TPMS SensorMatching Process" later in thissection.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. See yourdealer for service.


290 VEHICLE CARE. Replacement tires or wheels do

not match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 294.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. See yourdealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC messagecome on and stay on.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure.

When the low tire pressure warninglight comes on:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe, levelplace.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

4. Add air to the tire that isunderinflated. The turn signallamp will flash.

When the recommendedpressure is reached, the hornsounds once and the turn signallamp will stop flashing andbriefly turn solid.

Repeat these steps for allunderinflated tires that haveilluminated the low tire pressurewarning light.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could cause thetire to rupture and you or otherscould be injured. Do not exceed themaximum pressure listed on thetire sidewall.See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 280 andVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

If the tire is overinflated by more than35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will soundmultiple times and the turn signallamp will continue to flash for severalseconds after filling stops. To releaseand correct the pressure, while theturn signal lamp is still flashing,briefly press the center of the valvestem. When the recommendedpressure is reached, the hornsounds once.

If the turn signal lamp does not flashwithin 15 seconds after starting toinflate the tire, the tire fill alert hasnot been activated or is not working.

If the hazard warning flashers are on,the tire fill alert visual feedback willnot work properly.

The TPMS will not activate the tire fillalert properly under the followingconditions:

. There is interference from anexternal device or transmitter.

. The air pressure from the inflationdevice is not sufficient to inflatethe tire.


VEHICLE CARE 291. There is a malfunction in

the TPMS.

. There is a malfunction in the hornor turn signal lamps.

. The identification code of theTPMS sensor is not registered tothe system.

. The battery of the TPMS sensoris low.

If the tire fill alert does not operatedue to TPMS interference, move thevehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back orforward and try again. If the tire fillalert feature is not working, use a tirepressure gauge.

TPMS Sensor Matching Process

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one or moreof the TPMS sensors. The TPMSsensor matching process should alsobe performed after replacing a sparetire with a road tire containing theTPMS sensor. The malfunction lightand the DIC message should go off at

the next ignition cycle. The sensorsare matched to the tire/wheelpositions, using a TPMS relearn tool,in the following order: driver sidefront tire, passenger side front tire,passenger side rear tire, and driverside rear tire. See your dealer forservice or to purchase a relearn tool.A TPMS relearn tool can also bepurchased. See Tire Pressure MonitorSensor Activation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takes longer,the matching process stops and mustbe restarted.

The TPMS sensor matching process is:


2. Place the vehicle in ServiceMode. See Ignition Positions0 182.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressure infodisplay option is turned on. Theinfo displays on the DIC can be

turned on and off through theOptions menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 140.

4. Use the DIC controls on the rightside of the steering wheel toscroll to the Tire Pressure screenunder the DIC info page.

5. Press and hold the thumbwheellocated in the center of the DICcontrols on the right side of thesteering wheel.

The horn sounds twice to signalthe receiver is in relearn modeand the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVEmessage displays on the DICscreen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool against thetire sidewall, near the valve stem.Then press the button to activatethe TPMS sensor. A horn chirpconfirms that the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to this tire and wheelposition.


292 VEHICLE CARE

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedure inStep 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.


12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressure levelas indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspected forsigns of wear or damage at leastonce a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three or moreplaces around the tire canbe seen.

. There is cord or fabric showingthrough the tire's rubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snagged deepenough to show cord or fabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because of thesize or location of the damage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 321.

Tires are rotated to achieve amore uniform wear for all tires.The first rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear is noticed,rotate the tires as soon aspossible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment.See When It Is Time for New Tires0 293 and Wheel Replacement0 297.


VEHICLE CARE 293

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the compact sparetire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire and LoadingInformation label after the tireshave been rotated.See Tire Pressure 0 285 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 178.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 288.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacities andSpecifications 0 335.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove any rustor dirt from places where the wheelattaches to the vehicle. In anemergency, a cloth or a paper towelcan be used; however, use a scraperor wire brush later to remove allrust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change or tirerotation to prevent corrosion orrust build-up. Do not get greaseon the flat wheel mountingsurface or on the wheel nuts orbolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds, vehicleloading, and road conditions affect thewear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear when thetires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) orless of tread remaining.See Tire Inspection 0 292 and TireRotation 0 292.


294 VEHICLE CARE

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factors includingtemperatures, loading conditions, andinflation pressure maintenance affecthow fast aging takes place. GMrecommends that tires, including thespare if equipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. The firsttwo digits represent the week (01–52)and the last two digits, the year. Forexample, the third week of the year2010 would have a four-digit DOTdate of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Park avehicle that will be stored for at leasta month in a cool, dry, clean areaaway from direct sunlight to slowaging. This area should be free ofgrease, gasoline, or other substancesthat can deteriorate rubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires that mayresult in vibrations while driving.When storing a vehicle for at least amonth, remove the tires or raise thevehicle to reduce the weight from thetires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec) systemrating. When replacement tires areneeded, GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Spec systemconsiders over a dozen criticalspecifications that impact theoverall performance of the vehicle,including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tire pressuremonitoring performance. GM's

TPC Spec number is molded ontothe tire's sidewall near the tiresize. If the tires have an all-seasontread design, the TPC Specnumber will be followed by MS formud and snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 280.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handling performancemay be adversely affected if all thetires are not replaced at the sametime. If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done, allfour tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 292. However, if it isnecessary to replace only one axleset of worn tires, place the newtires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H, V,


VEHICLE CARE 295

W, Y and ZR speed rated tires.Never exceed the winter tires’maximum speed capability whenusing winter tires with a lowerspeed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attempting tomount or dismount a tire couldcause injury or death. Only yourdealer or authorized tire servicecenter should mount ordismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may cause lossof control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use the correctsize, brand, and type of tires onall wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheel rimflanges to develop cracks aftermany miles of driving. A tireand/or wheel could fail suddenlyand cause a crash. Use onlyradial-ply tires with the wheelson the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size, loadrange, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tire pressuremonitoring system could give aninaccurate low-pressure warning ifnon-TPC Spec rated tires areinstalled. See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 287.

The Tire and Loading Informationlabel indicates the originalequipment tires on the vehicle.See Vehicle Load Limits 0 178.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed that area different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also be affected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. This increases

(Continued)


296 VEHICLE CARE

Warning (Continued)

the chance of a crash and seriousinjury. Only use GM specific wheeland tire systems developed for thevehicle, and have them properlyinstalled by a GM certifiedtechnician.

See Buying New Tires 0 294 andAccessories and Modifications 0 251.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold in theUnited States. The grades aremolded on the sidewalls of mostpassenger car tires. The UniformTire Quality Grading (UTQG)

system does not apply to deeptread, winter tires, compact sparetires, tires with nominal rimdiameters of 10 to 12 inches(25 to 30 cm), or to somelimited-production tires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, they mustalso conform to federal safetyrequirements and additionalGeneral Motors Tire PerformanceCriteria (TPC) standards.

Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder andmaximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government test course.For example, a tire graded150 would wear one and one-half(1½) times as well on thegovernment course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differencesin road characteristics andclimate.

Traction

The traction grades, from highestto lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.Those grades represent the tire'sability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlledconditions on specified


VEHICLE CARE 297

government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor tractionperformance. Warning: Thetraction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does notinclude acceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representingthe tire's resistance to thegeneration of heat and its abilityto dissipate heat when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified indoor laboratory testwheel. Sustained high temperaturecan cause the material of the tireto degenerate and reduce tire life,and excessive temperature canlead to sudden tire failure. Thegrade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passengercar tires must meet under the

Federal Motor Safety StandardNo. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance onthe laboratory test wheel than theminimum required by law.Warning: The temperature gradefor this tire is established for a tirethat is properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were aligned andbalanced at the factory to provide thelongest tire life and best overallperformance. Adjustments to wheelalignment and tire balancing are notnecessary on a regular basis. Consideran alignment check if there is unusualtire wear or the vehicle is significantlypulling to one side or the other. Someslight pull to the left or right,depending on the crown of the roadand/or other road surface variations

such as troughs or ruts, is normal.If the vehicle is vibrating when drivingon a smooth road, the tires andwheels may need to be rebalanced.See your dealer for proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted or corroded.If wheel nuts keep coming loose, thewheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nutsshould be replaced. If the wheel leaksair, replace it. Some aluminum wheelscan be repaired. See your dealer if anyof these conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have the sameload-carrying capacity, diameter,width, offset, and be mounted thesame way as the one it replaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) sensors with new GM originalequipment parts.


298 VEHICLE CARE

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nutscan be dangerous. It could affectthe braking and handling of thevehicle. Tires can lose air, andcause loss of control, causing acrash. Always use the correct wheel,wheel bolts, and wheel nuts forreplacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer or odometercalibration, headlamp aim, bumperheight, vehicle ground clearance,and tire or tire chain clearance tothe body and chassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a used oneis dangerous. How it has been usedor how far it has been driven maybe unknown. It could fail suddenlyand cause a crash. When replacingwheels, use a new GM originalequipment wheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

If the vehicle has a tire size otherthan 235/55R18, do not use tirechains. There is not enoughclearance. Tire chains used on avehicle without the proper amountof clearance can cause damage tothe brakes, suspension, or othervehicle parts. The area damaged bythe tire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash. Use another

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

type of traction device only if itsmanufacturer recommends it forthe vehicle's tire size combinationand road conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove the tractiondevice if it contacts the vehicle. Donot spin the wheels. If tractiondevices are used, install them onthe front tires.

Caution

If the vehicle is equipped with 235/55R18 size tires, use tire chainsonly where legal and only whennecessary. Use low profile chainsthat add no more than 12 mmthickness to the tire tread and innersidewall. Use chains that are theproper size for the tires. Installthem on the tires of the front axle.

(Continued)


VEHICLE CARE 299

Caution (Continued)

Do not use chains on the tires ofthe rear axle. Tighten them astightly as possible with the endssecurely fastened. Drive slowly andfollow the chain manufacturer'sinstructions. If the chains contactthe vehicle, stop and retightenthem. If the contact continues, slowdown until it stops. Driving too fastor spinning the wheels with chainson will damage the vehicle.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tires aremaintained properly. See Tires 0 278.If air goes out of a tire, it is muchmore likely to leak out slowly. But ifthere ever is a blowout, here are a fewtips about what to expect and whatto do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tire createsa drag that pulls the vehicle towardthat side. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal and grip the steering

wheel firmly. Steer to maintain laneposition, and then gently brake to astop, well off the road, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid and mayrequire the same correction as used ina skid. Stop pressing the acceleratorpedal and steer to straighten thevehicle. It may be very bumpy andnoisy. Gently brake to a stop, well offthe road, if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash. Neverattempt to re-inflate a tire that hasbeen driven on while severelyunderinflated or flat. Have yourdealer or an authorized tire servicecenter repair or replace the flat tireas soon as possible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without the appropriatesafety equipment and training. If ajack is provided with the vehicle, itis designed only for changing a flattire. If it is used for anything else,you or others could be badly injuredor killed if the vehicle slips off thejack. If a jack is provided with thevehicle, only use it for changing aflat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers 0 159.


300 VEHICLE CARE

{ Warning

Changing a tire can be dangerous.The vehicle can slip off the jack androll over or fall causing injury ordeath. Find a level place to changethe tire. To help prevent the vehiclefrom moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the opposite cornerof the tire being changed.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as a guideto assist in the placement of thewheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

1. Screwdriver (If Equipped)2. Wrench3. Jack4. Strap5. Tow Hook (If Equipped)

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate0 41.

2. Remove the cargo cover,if equipped.


VEHICLE CARE 301

3. Lift the load floor.

Insert the hook (2) into theopening on the liftgate (1) tohold it open.

4. Turn the retainer nutcounterclockwise and remove thespare tire.

Place the spare tire next to thetire being changed.

5. The jack and tools are storedbelow the spare tire.

Remove them from theircontainer and place them nearthe tire being changed.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat0 299.

2. For vehicles equipped with awheel cover or center cap, pullthe cover or center cap awayfrom the wheel to remove it.

Store the wheel cover in thecargo area until the flat tire isrepaired or replaced.

If the vehicle has a center capwith wheel nut caps, the wheelnut caps are designed to staywith the center cap after they areloosened.

Remove the entire center cap ifthe wheel has a smooth centercap. Place the chisel end of thewheel wrench in the slot on thewheel, and gently pry it off.


302 VEHICLE CARE

3. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen allthe wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift head isin the correct position or you maydamage your vehicle. The repairswould not be covered by yourwarranty.

4. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest the flat tire.

Locate the notch on the sheetmetal weld flange. Place thecenter of the jack lift head on thecenter of the sheet metal notch.

The jack must not be used in anyother position.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous. If thevehicle slips off the jack, you couldbe badly injured or killed. Never getunder a vehicle when it issupported only by a jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned can damagethe vehicle and even make thevehicle fall. To help avoid personalinjury and vehicle damage, be sureto fit the jack lift head into theproper location before raising thevehicle.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without the appropriatesafety equipment and training. If ajack is provided with the vehicle, itis designed only for changing a flattire. If it is used for anything else,you or others could be badly injuredor killed if the vehicle slips off thejack. If a jack is provided with thevehicle, only use it for changing aflat tire.


VEHICLE CARE 303

Caution

Using a jack to raise the vehiclewithout positioning it correctlycould damage your vehicle. Whenraising your vehicle on a jack, besure to position it correctly underthe frame and avoid contact withthe plastic molding.

5. Turn the wheel wrench clockwiseto raise the jack until the slot inthe jack lift head fits into themetal flange located behind thecut out on the plastic molding.

Do not raise the vehicle yet.

6. Put the compact spare tirenear you.

7. Raise the vehicle by turning thejack handle clockwise. Raise thevehicle far enough off the groundso there is enough room for theroad tire to clear the ground.

8. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

9. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove any rustor dirt from places where the wheelattaches to the vehicle. In anemergency, a cloth or a paper towelcan be used; however, use a scraperor wire brush later to remove allrust or dirt.


304 VEHICLE CARE

10. Remove any rust or dirt from thewheel bolts, mounting surfaces,and spare wheel.

11. Place the compact spare tire onthe wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on bolts ornuts because the nuts might comeloose. The vehicle's wheel could falloff, causing a crash.

12. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighteneach nut by hand until the wheelis held against the hub.

13. Lower the vehicle by turning thejack handle counterclockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can cause thewheels to become loose or come off.The wheel nuts should be tightenedwith a torque wrench to the proper

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

torque specification after replacing.Follow the torque specificationsupplied by the aftermarketmanufacturer when using accessorylocking wheel nuts. See Capacitiesand Specifications 0 335 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the proper sequenceand to the proper torquespecification. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 335 for the wheelnut torque specification.

14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, as shown.

15. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

When reinstalling the wheel cover orcenter cap on the full-size tire, tightenall five plastic caps hand snug withthe aid of the wheel wrench andtighten them with the wheel wrenchan additional one-quarter of a turn.


VEHICLE CARE 305

Caution

Wheel covers will not fit on thevehicle's compact spare. If you tryto put a wheel cover on thecompact spare, the cover or thespare could be damaged.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire andTools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

To store the flat or spare tire andtools:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate0 41.

2. Replace the jack and tools intheir original storage location.

3. Lower the load floor.

4. Place the tire, lying flat, in therear storage compartment.

5. Place the loop end of the strapthrough the liftgate striker.

6. Route the strap through thewheel as shown.

7. Attach the hook to the loop endof the strap.

8. Tighten the strap.

9. Replace the cargo cover,if equipped.

10. Close the liftgate and make sureit is fully latched.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compact sparetire with a full-size tire as soon asyou can.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to a crashand you or others could be injured.Use only one compact spare tire ata time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressure regularly.It should be 420 kPa (60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctly inflatedafter being installed on the vehicle.The compact spare tire is designed fortemporary use only. The vehicle willperform differently with the spare tire


306 VEHICLE CARE

installed and it is recommended thatthe vehicle speed be limited to80 km/h (50 mph). To conserve thetread of the spare tire, have thestandard tire repaired or replaced assoon as convenient and return thespare tire to the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire, theAWD (if equipped), ABS, and TractionControl systems may engage until thespare tire is recognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possible wheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compact sparecan get caught on the rails whichcan damage the tire, wheel, andother parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires. Theywill not fit. Keep the spare tire and itswheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damage thevehicle and the chains. Do not usetire chains on the compact spare.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 266.

If the battery has run down, try to useanother vehicle and some jumpercables to start your vehicle. Be sure touse the following steps to do it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and related accessoriescontain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birthdefects or other reproductive harm.Batteries also contain otherchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer. WASHHANDS AFTER HANDLING. Formore information go towww.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.


VEHICLE CARE 307

See California Proposition 65 Warning0 250 and the back cover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They can bedangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of these thingscan hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could result incostly damage to the vehicle thatwould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Trying to start the vehicleby pushing or pulling it will notwork, and it could damage thevehicle.

1. Discharged Remote BatteryPositive Terminal

2. Discharged Remote BatteryNegative Ground Terminal

3. Good Battery NegativeTerminal

4. Good Battery PositiveTerminal

The jump start remote positiveterminal (1) and the remote negativeground terminal (2) for the dischargedbattery are on the driver side of thevehicle.

The jump start negative terminal (3)and positive terminal (4) are on thebattery of the vehicle providing thejump start.

The positive jump start connection forthe discharged battery is under acover. Remove the cover to expose theterminal.

1. Check the other vehicle. It musthave a 12-volt battery with anegative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not have a12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles so thatthey are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmly andput the transmission in P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 187.


308 VEHICLE CARE

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jump startingprocedure, they could be damaged.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Wheneverpossible, turn off or unplug allaccessories on either vehicle whenjump starting.

4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off alllights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not running andcan injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode. Peoplehave been hurt doing this, andsome have been blinded. Use aflashlight if you need more light.

Battery fluid contains acid that canburn you. Do not get it on you.If you accidentally get it in youreyes or on your skin, flush the placewith water and get medical helpimmediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engine partscan injure you badly. Keep yourhands away from moving partsonce the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to the remotepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of the goodbattery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to theremote negative (–) groundterminal on the driver side shocktower for the discharged battery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, it probablyneeds service.


VEHICLE CARE 309

Caution

If the jumper cables are connectedor removed in the wrong order,electrical shorting may occur anddamage the vehicle. The repairswould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always connect andremove the jumper cables in thecorrect order, making sure that thecables do not touch each other orother metal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicle andremoving the jumper cables, allow itto idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lash orhook to suspension components.Use the proper straps around thetires to secure the vehicle. Do notdrag a locked wheel/tire whileloading the vehicle. Do not use asling type lift to tow the vehicle.This could damage the vehicle.

GM recommends a flatbed tow truckto transport a disabled vehicle. Useramps to help reduce approach angles,if necessary. A towed vehicle shouldhave its drive wheels off the ground.Contact Roadside Service or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

The vehicle is equipped with specificattachment points to be used by thetowing provider. These holes may beused to pull the vehicle from a flatroad surface onto the flatbed towtruck.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home. Thetwo most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing are knownas dinghy towing and dolly towing.Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle


310 VEHICLE CARE

with all four wheels on the ground.Dolly towing is towing the vehiclewith two wheels on the ground andtwo wheels up on a device known as adolly.

Here are some important things toconsider:

. Before towing the vehicle, becomefamiliar with the local laws thatapply to recreational vehicletowing. These laws may vary byregion.

. What is the towing capacity of thetowing vehicle? Be sure to read thetow vehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betraveled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See your dealeror trailering professional foradditional advice and equipmentrecommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to be towed?Just as preparing the vehicle for along trip, make sure the vehicle isprepared to be towed.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in front ofthe vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehicle warranty.If using a shield, only use one thatattaches to the towing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty. Donot tow the vehicle with all fourwheels on the ground.


VEHICLE CARE 311

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must be towed,a dolly should be used. See thefollowing information on dolly towing.

Dolly Towing from the Front

Tow the vehicle with the two rearwheels on the ground and the frontwheels on a dolly.

1. Put the front wheels on the dolly.

2. Shift the transmission toP (Park). See Shifting Into Park0 187.


4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

5. Follow the dolly manufacturer’sinstructions for preparing thevehicle and dolly for towing.

6. Release the parking brake.


8. Open the hood.

9. Wait two minutes.

10. Disconnect the negative (-)terminal connector from the12-volt battery.

11. Close and latch the hood.

Dolly Towing from the Rear

The vehicle cannot be dolly towedfrom the rear.


312 VEHICLE CARE

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids and Lubricants0 331.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish, washit often and out of direct sunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based, acidic,or abrasive cleaning agents as theycan damage the vehicle's paint,metal, or plastic parts. If damageoccurs, it would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Approvedcleaning products can be obtainedfrom your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regarding

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

correct product usage, necessarysafety precautions, and appropriatedisposal of any vehicle careproduct.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressure washescloser than 30 cm (12 in) to thesurface of the vehicle. Use of powerwashers exceeding 8,274 kPa(1,200 psi) can result in damage orremoval of paint and decals.

Caution

Do not power wash any component

under the hood that has thisesymbol.

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

If using an automatic car wash, followthe car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that may bedamaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, before washingand after, to remove all cleaningagents completely. If they are allowedto dry on the surface, they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax is not recommended.If painted surfaces are damaged, seeyour dealer to have the damageassessed and repaired. Foreignmaterials such as calcium chlorideand other salts, ice melting agents,road oil and tar, tree sap, birddroppings, chemicals from industrialchimneys, etc., can damage thevehicle's finish if they remain onpainted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as


VEHICLE CARE 313

soon as possible. If necessary, usenon-abrasive cleaners that are markedsafe for painted surfaces to removeforeign matter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. See yourdealer for approved cleaning products.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals,simulated wood, or flat paint asdamage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may damageit. Use only non-abrasive waxes andpolishes that are made for abasecoat/clearcoat paint finish onthe vehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged or coveredwhenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can result ina hazy white finish or pitting. Thisdamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool to thetouch before applying any cleaningsolution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. Some cleanersare highly acidic or containalkaline substances and candamage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses,Emblems, Decals, and Stripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soap toclean exterior lamps, lenses, emblems,decals, and stripes. Follow instructionsunder "Washing the Vehicle"previously in this section.

Lamp covers are made of plastic, andsome have a UV protective coating. Donot clean or wipe them when dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or otherharsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.


314 VEHICLE CARE. Aftermarket appearance caps or

covers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessive heatgenerated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properly cancause damage to the lamp coverthat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss black finishstripes can increase the gloss leveland create a non-uniform finish.Clean low gloss stripes with soapand water only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Shutter System

The vehicle may have a shuttersystem designed to help increase fueleconomy. Keep the shutter systemclean for proper operation.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning the blades.

Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildupof vehicle wash/wax treatments maycause wiper streaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dusty conditions,sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks from rubbermaterial on painted surfaces can beremoved by rubbing with a cleancloth. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 331.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.


VEHICLE CARE 315

Caution

Using petroleum-based tire dressingproducts on the vehicle maydamage the paint finish and/ortires. When applying a tire dressing,always wipe off any overspray fromall painted surfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim

Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soapand water to clean the wheels. Afterrinsing thoroughly with clean water,dry with a soft, clean towel. A waxmay then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and chrome wheeltrim may be damaged if the vehicleis not washed after driving on roadsthat have been sprayed withmagnesium chloride or calciumchloride. These are used on roadsfor conditions such as dust and ice.Always wash the chrome with soapand water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage on wheelsand wheel trim, do not use strongsoaps, chemicals, abrasive polishes,cleaners, or brushes. Use only GMapproved cleaners. Do not drive thevehicle through an automatic carwash that uses silicone carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. Damagecould occur and the repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines and hosesfor proper hook-up, binding, leaks,cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brakepads for wear and rotors for surfacecondition. Inspect drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. Inspect allother brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering, suspension,and chassis components for damaged,loose, or missing parts or signs ofwear at least once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hoodhinges, liftgate hinges, and the steelfuel door hinges, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstrips with aclean cloth will make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush any corrosivematerials from the underbody. Take


316 VEHICLE CARE

care to thoroughly clean any areaswhere mud and other debris cancollect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure water canovercome the seals and contaminatethe fluid. Contaminated fluid willdecrease the life of the transfer caseand/or axles and should be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged and requiressheet metal repair or replacement,make sure the body repair shopapplies anti-corrosion material toparts repaired or replaced to restorecorrosion protection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoid

corrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall upon andattack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care” previously inthis section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’s interior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mild soapsolution, immediately remove handlotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designed forthe surfaces being cleaned to preventpermanent damage. Apply all cleanersdirectly to the cleaning cloth. Do notspray cleaners on any switches orcontrols. Remove cleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read and followall safety instructions on the label.While cleaning the interior, open thedoors and windows to get properventilation.

To prevent damage, do not clean theinterior using the following cleanersor techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surface aggressivelyor with too much pressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners, useapproximately 20 drops per 3.8 L(1 gal) of water. A concentratedsoap solution will create streaks


VEHICLE CARE 317

and attract dirt. Do not usesolutions that contain strong orcaustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercial glasscleaner after cleaning with plain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six months ofownership will reduce tendency to fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will not bedamaged. Clean spots with water andmild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surface usinga soft brush attachment. If a rotatingvacuum brush attachment is beingused, only use it on the floor carpet.Before cleaning, gently remove asmuch of the soil as possible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as much aspossible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth is recommendedto prevent lint transfer to thefabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth toa clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completely removed,it may be necessary to use acommercial upholstery cleaner or spotlifter. Test a small hidden area for


318 VEHICLE CARE

colorfastness before using acommercial upholstery cleaner or spotlifter. If ring formation occurs, cleanthe entire fabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First, usea soft bristle brush to remove dirt thatcan scratch the surface. Then gentlyclean by rubbing with a microfibercloth. Never use window cleaners orsolvents. Periodically hand wash themicrofiber cloth separately, using mildsoap. Do not use bleach or fabricsoftener. Rinse thoroughly and air drybefore next use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. This maycause damage and would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl,Other Plastic Surfaces, LowGloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber cloth dampenedwith water to remove dust and loosedirt. For a more thorough cleaning,use a soft microfiber cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, as wellas other interior surfaces, maycause permanent damage. Wipeexcess moisture from these surfacesafter cleaning and allow them todry naturally. Never use heat,steam, or spot removers. Do not usecleaners that contain silicone orwax-based products. Cleanerscontaining these solvents canpermanently change the appearanceand feel of leather or soft trim, andare not recommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plastics andpainted surfaces. If an air freshenercomes in contact with any plasticor painted surface in the vehicle,blot immediately and clean with asoft cloth dampened with a mildsoap solution. Damage caused byair fresheners would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with cold water,and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.


VEHICLE CARE 319

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, they mightnot be able to provide adequateprotection. Clean and rinse seat beltwebbing only with mild soap andlukewarm water. Allow the webbingto dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size or isnot properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended acceleration and/or increased stopping distancewhich can cause a crash and injury.Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.

. The original equipment floor matswere designed for your vehicle.If the floor mats need replacing, itis recommended that certifiedfloor mats be purchased.Non-certified floor mats may notfit properly and may interfere withthe pedals. Always check that thefloor mats do not interfere withthe pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with the correctside up. Do not turn it over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat on thedriver side.

. Do not place one floor mat on topof another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

The driver and passenger side floormats are held in place by twobutton-type retainers.

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock each retainer andremove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and pushingdown to snap into position.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place. Verifythe floor mat does not interferewith the pedals.


320 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Special Application ServicesSpecial Application Services . . . . . 327

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describes therequired maintenance for the vehicle.Follow this schedule to help protectagainst major repair expensesresulting from neglect or inadequatemaintenance. It may also help tomaintain the value of the vehicle if itis sold. It is the responsibility of theowner to have all requiredmaintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and online schedulingto assist with service needs.

Your dealer recognizes the importanceof providing competitively pricedmaintenance and repair services. Withtrained technicians, the dealer is theplace for routine maintenance such asoil changes and tire rotations and

additional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Maintenanceintervals, checks, inspections,recommended fluids, and lubricantsare important to keep the vehicle ingood working condition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GM performedon the vehicle. The use of flushes,solvents, cleaners, or lubricants thatare not approved by GM coulddamage the vehicle, requiringexpensive repairs that are notcovered by the vehicle warranty.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.


SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 321

Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy, andreduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be more frequentchecks and services. The AdditionalRequired Services - Normal are forvehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargo withinrecommended limits on the Tireand Loading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal driving limits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 234.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed or competitivedriving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can cause seriousinjury. Perform maintenance workonly if the required information,proper tools, and equipment areavailable. If they are not, see yourdealer to have a trained techniciando the work. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 251.

Maintenance ScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 254.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 285.

. Inspect the tires for wear. See TireInspection 0 292.

. Check the windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 263.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, the engineoil life system may not indicate theneed for vehicle service for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter must bechanged at least once a year and theoil life system must be reset. Yourtrained dealer technician can performthis work. If the engine oil life system



is reset accidentally, service thevehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi sincethe last service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 256.

Air Conditioning Desiccant(Replace Every Seven Years)

The air conditioning system requiresmaintenance every seven years. Thisservice requires replacement of thedesiccant to help the longevity andefficient operation of the airconditioning system. This service canbe complex. See your dealer.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform the followingservices. See Tire Rotation 0 292.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed, changeengine oil and filter, and reset oillife system.See Engine Oil 0 254 and Engine OilLife System 0 256.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeCooling System 0 259.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 263.

. Check tire inflation pressures. SeeTire Pressure 0 285.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 292.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 258.

. Inspect brake system. See ExteriorCare 0 312.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damage, includingcracks or tears in the rubber boots,loose or missing parts, or signs ofwear at least once a year. SeeExterior Care 0 312.

. Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

. Visually inspect halfshafts anddrive shafts for excessive wear,lubricant leaks, and/or damageincluding: tube dents or cracks,constant velocity joint or universaljoint looseness, cracked or missingboots, loose or missing bootclamps, center bearing excessivelooseness, loose or missingfasteners, and axle seal leaks.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 78.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields for looseor damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 312.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 267.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check 0 267.


SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 323. Check accelerator pedal for

damage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut for signsof wear, cracks, or other damage.Check the hold open ability of thestrut. If the hold open is low,service the gas strut. See GasStrut(s) 0 269.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 58.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Normal

12000km/7

,500mi

24000km/1

5,000mi

36000km/2

2,500mi

48000km/3

0,000mi

60000km/3

7,500mi

72000km/4

5,000mi

84000km/5

2,500mi

96000km/6

0,000mi

108000km/6

7,500mi

120000km/7

5,000mi

132000km/8

2,500mi

144000km/9

0,000mi

156000km/9

7,500mi

168000km/1

05,000mi

180000km/1

12,500mi

192000km/1

20,000mi

204000km/1

27,500mi

216000km/1

35,000mi

228000km/1

42,500mi

240000km/1

50,000mi

Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, andperform Required Services. Check engine oil leveland oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter,if needed. (1)

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @



Footnotes — Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Normal

(1) Vehicles with different size frontand rear tires do not have tirerotation. See Tire Rotation 0 292.

(2) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequent passengercompartment air filter replacementmay be needed if driving in areas withheavy traffic, poor air quality, highdust levels, or environmentalallergens. Passenger compartment airfilter replacement may also be neededif there is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealer canhelp determine when to replace thefilter.

(3) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for proper attachment,connection, routing, and condition.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System 0 259.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage; replace,if needed.

(7) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 265.

(8) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 267.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Severe

12000km/7

,500mi

24000km/1

5,000mi

36000km/2

2,500mi

48000km/3

0,000mi

60000km/3

7,500mi

72000km/4

5,000mi

84000km/5

2,500mi

96000km/6

0,000mi

108000km/6

7,500mi

120000km/7

5,000mi

132000km/8

2,500mi

144000km/9

0,000mi

156000km/9

7,500mi

168000km/1

05,000mi

180000km/1

12,500mi

192000km/1

20,000mi

204000km/1

27,500mi

216000km/1

35,000mi

228000km/1

42,500mi

240000km/1

50,000mi

Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, andperform Required Services. Check engine oil leveland oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter,if needed. (1)

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @



Footnotes — Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Severe

(1) Vehicles with different size frontand rear tires do not have tirerotation. See Tire Rotation 0 292.

(2) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequent passengercompartment air filter replacementmay be needed if driving in areas withheavy traffic, poor air quality, highdust levels, or environmentalallergens. Passenger compartment airfilter replacement may also be neededif there is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealer canhelp determine when to replace thefilter.

(3) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for proper attachment,connection, routing, and condition.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System 0 259.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage; replace,if needed.

(7) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 265.

(8) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 267.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use Vehicles

Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 312.



Additional Maintenanceand CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additional maintenanceservices may be required.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — their traineddealer technicians know your vehiclebest. Your dealer can also perform athorough assessment with amulti-point inspection to recommendwhen your vehicle may needattention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditions tolook for that may indicate services arerequired.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies power tostart the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs of crackingor splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipment toinspect the belts and recommendadjustment or replacement whennecessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucialto safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipment toinspect the brakes and recommendquality parts engineered for thevehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approved fluidsprotect the vehicle’s systems andcomponents. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 331 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshield washerfluid levels should be checked atevery fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to be filled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and should beregularly inspected to ensure thatthere are no cracks or leaks. With amulti-point inspection, your dealercan inspect the hoses and advise ifreplacement is needed.



Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage. Thebrake lamps need to be checkedperiodically to ensure that theylight when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may include steeringwheel vibration, bounce/swaywhile braking, longer stoppingdistance, or uneven tire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs of

leaking, blown seals, or damage,and can advise when service isneeded.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel, andcan reduce the risk of tire failure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in the treador sidewall; or a bulge or split inthe tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can also providetire/wheel balancing services toensure smooth vehicle operationat all speeds. Your dealer sells andservices name brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean and

protect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 316 andExterior Care 0 312.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliver optimalwear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment may needto be adjusted include pulling,improper vehicle handling,or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure proper wheelalignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and the bestviewing, keep the windshield cleanand clear.

. Signs of damage include scratches,cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacement ifneeded.



Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleaned andkept in good condition to provide aclear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades and replacethem when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Electronic Limited-Slip DifferentialHydraulic Apply Fluid (All Wheel Drive)

DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. SeeCooling System 0 259.

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade.ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 254.

Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Latch,Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, in Canada 19353127).

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Front Axle SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, inCanada 88863090).

Rear Axle (All Wheel Drive) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88862624, inCanada 88862625).

Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 88861950, in Canada 88861951).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivalent.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 23430313 A3210C

Engine Oil Filter 55495105 PF66

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185

Spark Plugs 55504354 41–103–IP

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 60 cm (23.62 in) 84142870 —

Passenger Side – 50 cm (19.68 in) 23360287 —

Rear – 30 cm (11.81 in) 84215609 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type ofservices performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

Date OdometerReading Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed


334 TECHNICAL DATA

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Vehicle DataCapacities and Specifications . . . . 335Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . 336

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, on thedriver side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and Service Partslabels and certificates of title andregistration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is theengine code. This code identifies thevehicle's engine, specifications, andreplacement parts. See “Engine

Specifications” under Capacities andSpecifications 0 335 for the vehicle'sengine code.

Service Parts IdentificationLabelThere may be a label on the inside ofthe spare tire compartment thatcontains the following information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options and specialequipment

If there is no label, there is a barcodeon the certification label on thecenter (B) pillar to scan for this sameinformation.


TECHNICAL DATA 335

Vehicle Data

Capacities and Specifications

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Engine Cooling System 9.4 L 10.0 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 5.0 L 5.3 qt

Fuel Tank

FWD 60.2 L 15.9 gal

AWD 61.7 L 16.3 gal

Wheel Nut Torque 190Y 140 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual.Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

2.0L L4 Turbo Engine (LSY) 4 Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)


336 TECHNICAL DATA

Engine Drive Belt Routing

2.0L L4 Engine


CUSTOMER INFORMATION 337

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Customer Assistance Offices . . . . 339Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . 339

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . 344Publication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . 347

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to theUnited States Government . . . . . 347

Reporting Safety Defects to theCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . 347

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . 349OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toCadillac. Normally, any concerns withthe sales transaction or the operationof the vehicle will be resolved by yourdealer's sales or service departments.Sometimes, however, despite the bestintentions of all concerned,misunderstandings can occur. If yourconcern has not been resolved to yoursatisfaction, the following stepsshould be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concerns canbe quickly resolved at that level. If thematter has already been reviewed withthe sales, service or parts manager,contact the owner of your dealershipor the general manager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management, itappears your concern cannot beresolved by your dealership without


338 CUSTOMER INFORMATION

further help, in the U.S., call theCadillac Customer Assistance Centerat 1-800–458–8006. In Canada, callthe Canadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre at 1-888-446-2000.

We encourage you to call the toll-freenumber in order to give your inquiryprompt attention. Have the followinginformation available to give theCustomer Assistance representative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date and presentmileage.

When contacting Cadillac, rememberthat your concern will likely beresolved at a dealer's facility. That iswhy we suggest following Step Onefirst.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : BothGeneral Motors and your dealer arecommitted to making sure you are

completely satisfied with the newvehicle. However, if you continue toremain unsatisfied after following theprocedure outlined in Steps One andTwo, you can file with the BetterBusiness Bureau (BBB) Auto LineProgram to enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administered bythe Council of Better Business Bureausto settle automotive disputesregarding vehicle repairs or theinterpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, you mayreject it and proceed with any othervenue for relief available to you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-free telephonenumber or write them at the followingaddress:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District of Columbia.Eligibility is limited by vehicle age,mileage, and other factors. GeneralMotors reserves the right to changeeligibility limitations and/ordiscontinue its participation in thisprogram.

STEP THREE — Canadian Owners :In the event that you do not feel yourconcerns have been addressed afterfollowing the procedure outlined inSteps One and Two, General Motors ofCanada Company wants you to beaware of its participation in ano-charge mediation/arbitrationprogram. General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to binding



arbitration of owner disputes involvingfactory-related vehicle service claims.The program provides for the reviewof the facts involved by an impartialthird party arbiter, and may includean informal hearing before the arbiter.The program is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe Cadillac Customer Care Centre,1-888-446-2000, or write to:

General Motors Cadillac CustomerCare CentreGeneral Motors of Canada CompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesCadillac encourages customers to callthe toll-free number for assistance.However, if a customer wishes towrite or e-mail Cadillac, the lettershould be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Cadillac Customer Assistance CenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169www.Cadillac.com

1-800-458-80061-800-833-2622 (For Text Telephonedevices (TTYs))Roadside Service: 1-800-224-1400

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of Canada CompanyCadillac Customer Care Centre, MailCode: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-888-446-2000 (English/French)Cadillac Roadside Service:1-800-882-1112

Overseas

Contact the local General MotorsBusiness Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones (TTYs),Cadillac has TTY equipment availableat its Customer Assistance Center. AnyTTY user can communicate withCadillac by dialing: 1-800-833-2622.TTY users in Canada can dial1-800-263-3830.



Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience (U.S.)my.cadillac.com

The Cadillac online owner experienceallows interaction with Cadillac andkeeps important vehicle-specificinformation in one place.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manuals andview vehicle-specific how-to videos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and Vehicle DiagnosticInformation. Schedule serviceappointments.

I : View printable dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a dealer and viewlocations, maps, phone numbers, andhours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls or search byVehicle Identification Number (VIN).See Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 334.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXM Satelliteradio (if equipped), and OnStaraccount information.

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.cadillac.com to register yourvehicle.

Cadillac Owner Centre (Canada)www.cadillacowner.ca

Visit the Cadillac Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, and warrantyinformation.

. Retrieve favorite articles, quizzes,tips, and multimedia galleriesorganized into the FeaturedArticles and Auto Care Sections.

. Download owner’s manuals.

. Find Cadillac-recommendedmaintenance services.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available to qualifiedapplicants for cost reimbursement, upto certain limits, of eligibleaftermarket adaptive equipmentrequired for the vehicle, such as handcontrols or a wheelchair/scooter liftfor the vehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.com orcall the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.



General Motors of Canada also has aMobility program. See www.gm.ca orcall 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483)for details. TTY users call1-800-263-3830.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-800-224-1400.

Canada: 1-800-882-1112.

Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S.Only): 1-888-889-2438.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Service

When calling Roadside Service, havethe following information ready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number

. Telephone number of yourlocation

. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Coverage

Services are provided for the durationof the vehicle’s powertrain warranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicleis covered. In Canada, a person drivingthe vehicle without permission fromthe owner is not covered.

Roadside Service is not a part of theNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to make anychanges or discontinue the RoadsideService program at any time withoutnotification.

General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Cadillac Owner Privileges™. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identification beforethis service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Cadillac dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with a spare tire.The spare tire, if equipped, mustbe in good condition and properlyinflated. It is your responsibilityfor the repair or replacement ofthe tire if it is not covered by thewarranty.


342 CUSTOMER INFORMATION. Battery Jump Start: Service to

jump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: If your trip is interrupteddue to a warranty failure,incidental expenses may bereimbursed during the Powertrainwarranty period. Items consideredare hotel, meals, and rental car ora vehicle being delivered back tothe customer, up to 500 miles.

Cadillac Technician RoadsideService (U.S. Only)

Cadillac's exceptional Roadside Serviceis more than an auto club or towingservice. It provides every Cadillacowner in the United States with theadvantage of contacting a Cadillacadvisor and, where available, aCadillac trained dealer technician whocan provide on-site service.

A dealer technician will travel to yourlocation within a 30-mile radius of aparticipating Cadillac dealership.If beyond this radius, we will arrangeto have your car towed to the nearestCadillac dealership. Each techniciantravels with a specially equipped

service vehicle complete with thenecessary Cadillac parts and toolsrequired to handle most roadsiderepairs.

Services Not Included inRoadside Service. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws

. Legal fines

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires, chains,or other traction devices

Service is not provided if a vehicle isin an area that is not accessible to theservice vehicle or is not a regularlytraveled or maintained public road,which includes ice and winter roads.Off-road use is not covered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement is

up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel deliverymay be restricted. Propane andother fuels are not providedthrough this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy of therepair orders are required. Onceauthorization has been received,the Roadside Service advisor willhelp you make arrangements andexplain how to receive payment.Items considered are hotel, meals,and rental car or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer, upto 800 km.

. Alternative Service: If assistancecannot be provided right away, theRoadside Service advisor may giveyou permission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100, aftersending the original receipt toRoadside Service. Mechanicalfailures may be covered, howeverany cost for parts and labor forrepairs not covered by thewarranty are the ownerresponsibility.



Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointment andadvising the service consultant ofyour transportation needs, your dealercan help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service, unless,of course, the problem is safetyrelated. If it is, please call yourdealership, let them know this, andask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you are urgedto do so as early in the work day aspossible to allow for same-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada), extendedpowertrain, and/or hybrid-specificwarranties in both the U.S. andCanada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not a partof the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.A separate booklet entitled “LimitedWarranty and Owner AssistanceInformation” furnished with each newvehicle provides detailed warrantycoverage information.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, your dealermay offer the following transportationoptions:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonable timeand distance parameters of yourdealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must be supportedby original receipts and within themaximum amount allowed by GM forshuttle service. If U.S. customersarrange their own transportation,limited reimbursement for reasonablefuel expenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by original receipts.See your dealer for information.



Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completed rentalagreement and meet state/provincial,local, and rental vehicle providerrequirements. Requirements vary andmay include minimum agerequirements, insurance coverage,credit card, etc. Additional fees suchas fuel usage charges, taxes, levies,usage fees, excessive mileage, or rentalusage beyond the completion of therepair are also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional Program Information

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available at everydealer. Contact your dealer for specificavailability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue Courtesy

Transportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at its solediscretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in a collisionand it is damaged, have the damagerepaired by a qualified technicianusing the proper equipment andquality replacement parts. Poorlyperformed collision repairs diminishthe vehicle resale value, and safetyperformance can be compromised insubsequent collisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as the partswith which the vehicle was originallybuilt. Genuine GM Collision parts arethe best choice to ensure that thevehicle's designed appearance,durability, and safety are preserved.The use of Genuine GM parts can helpmaintain the GM New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses in priorcrashes. In most cases, the parts beingrecycled are from undamaged sectionsof the vehicle. A recycled originalequipment GM part may be anacceptable choice to maintain thevehicle's originally designedappearance and safety performance;however, the history of these parts isnot known. Such parts are not coveredby the GM New Vehicle LimitedWarranty, and any related failures arenot covered by that warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fit poorly,exhibit premature durability/corrosionproblems, and may not performproperly in subsequent collisions.Aftermarket parts are not covered bythe GM New Vehicle LimitedWarranty, and any vehicle failurerelated to such parts is not covered bythat warranty.



Repair Facility

GM also recommends that you choosea collision repair facility that meetsyour needs before you ever needcollision repairs. Your dealer may havea collision repair center withGM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or be ableto recommend a collision repair centerthat has GM-trained technicians andcomparable equipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. There aresignificant differences in the quality ofcoverage afforded by variousinsurance policy terms. Manyinsurance policies provide reducedprotection to the GM vehicle bylimiting compensation for damagerepairs by using aftermarket collisionparts. Some insurance companies willnot specify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.

If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your current insurancecarrier, consider switching to anotherinsurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts or GenuineManufacturer replacement parts. Readthe lease carefully, as you may becharged at the end of the lease forpoor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of. Movethe vehicle only if its position putsyou in danger, or you are instructed tomove it by a police officer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involved inthe crash.

For emergency towing see RoadsideService 0 341.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of the damageto the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facility thatuses quality replacement parts. See“Collision Parts” earlier in this section.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an Airbag Inflates?0 84.



Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommends thatyou take an active role in its repair.If you have a pre-determined repairfacility of choice, take the vehiclethere, or have it towed there. Specifyto the facility that any requiredreplacement collision parts be originalequipment parts, either new GenuineGM parts or recycled original GMparts. Remember, recycled parts willnot be covered by the GM vehiclewarranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits, yourinsurance company may initially valuethe repair using aftermarket parts.Discuss this with the repairprofessional, and insist on GenuineGM parts. Remember, if the vehicle isleased, you may be obligated to havethe vehicle repaired with Genuine GMparts, even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurance companyis paying for the repairs, you are notobligated to accept a repair valuationbased on that insurance company'scollision policy repair limits, as youhave no contractual limits with thatcompany. In such cases, you can havecontrol of the repair and parts choicesas long as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Publication OrderingInformation

Service Manuals

Service manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on the engine,transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,electrical system, steering system,body, etc.

Customer Literature

Owner’s manuals are writtenspecifically for owners and areintended to provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. Theowner’s manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for all models.

Customer literature publicationsavailable for purchase include owner’smanuals, warranty manuals,infotainment manuals, and portfolios.Portfolios include an owner’s manual,warranty manual, infotainmentmanual, if applicable, and zip lock bagor pouch.

Current and Past Models

Service manuals and customerliterature are available for manycurrent and past model year GMvehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.eastern time

For credit card orders only (VISA,MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm,Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.



Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems that operateon a radio frequency that complieswith Part 15/Part 18 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and with Innovation, Scienceand Economic Development (ISED)Canada's RSP-100 / license-exemptRSS's / ICES-001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could cause acrash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds that asafety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems betweenyou, your dealer, or GeneralMotors.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-freeat 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call Transport Canadaat 1-800-333-0510; go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)



or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations and RecallsDivision80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

In the U.S., call 1-800-458-8006,or write:

Cadillac Customer Assistance CenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169

In Canada, call 1-888-446-2000,or write:

Canadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005General Motors of Canada Company1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0805 or01-800-212-234-5522.

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-722-236-0680.

Vehicle Data Recordingand PrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, to monitorthe conditions for airbag deploymentand deploy them in a crash, and,if equipped, to provide antilockbraking to help the driver control thevehicle. These modules may store datato help the dealer technician servicethe vehicle. Some modules may alsostore data about how the vehicle isoperated, such as rate of fuelconsumption or average speed. Thesemodules may retain personalpreferences, such as radio presets, seatpositions, and temperature settings.



Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with an eventdata recorder (EDR). The mainpurpose of an EDR is to record, incertain crash or near crash-likesituations, such as an air bagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle,data that will assist in understandinghow a vehicle’s systems performed.The EDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. The EDRin this vehicle is designed to recordsuch data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances inwhich crashes and injuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by your vehicleonly if a non-trivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by theEDR under normal driving conditionsand no personal data (e.g., name,gender, age, and crash location) arerecorded. However, other parties, suchas law enforcement, could combinethe EDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the informationif they have access to the vehicle orthe EDR.

GM will not access these data or shareit with others except: with the consentof the vehicle owner or, if the vehicleis leased, with the consent of thelessee; in response to an officialrequest by police or similargovernment office; as part of GM'sdefense of litigation through the

discovery process; or, as required bylaw. Data that GM collects or receivesmay also be used for GM researchneeds or may be made available toothers for research purposes, where aneed is shown and the data is not tiedto a specific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped with OnStarand has an active service plan,additional data may be collectedthrough the OnStar system. Thisincludes information about thevehicle’s operation; collisions involvingthe vehicle; the use of the vehicle andits features; and, in certain situations,the location and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to theOnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 353.



Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


ONSTAR 351

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle system thatcan connect to an OnStar Advisor forEmergency, Security, Navigation,Connections, and Diagnostics Services.OnStar services may require a paidservice plan and data plan. OnStarrequires the vehicle battery andelectrical system, cellular service, andGPS satellite signals to be availableand operating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency service providers.OnStar may collect information aboutyou and your vehicle, includinglocation information. See OnStar UserTerms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more details

including system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light is nextto the OnStar buttons. If the statuslight is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. PressQ twiceto speak with an OnStar Advisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.

Press= to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

Or


352 ONSTAR. Make a call, end a call, or answer

an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to an Advisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check of thevehicle's key operating systems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan or respondto an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severe weatheror other crisis situations and findevacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require an activesafety and security plan. WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisor whois immediately connected in to thevehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, and relayimportant information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service provider tohelp with a flat tire, a battery jump,or an empty gas tank.


ONSTAR 353

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can block theengine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can work withlaw enforcement to gradually slowthe vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover the vehicle.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. PressQto set up an account.

. After change in ownership and at90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring the Vehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)immediately to terminate your OnStaror connected services if the vehicle isdisposed of, sold, transferred, or if thelease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStar orconnected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, RemoteServices, Roadside Assistance, andHands-Free Calling are available onmost vehicles. Not all OnStar servicesare available everywhere or on allvehicles. For more information, a fulldescription of OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar User Terms,Privacy Statement, and SoftwareTerms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with an Advisor.


354 ONSTAR

OnStar or connected services cannotwork unless the vehicle is in a placewhere OnStar has an agreement witha wireless service provider for servicein that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStar orconnected services. Service involvinglocation information about the vehiclecannot work unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStar hardware.OnStar or connected services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar or connectedservices may not work. Otherproblems beyond the control ofOnStar — such as hills, tall buildings,tunnels, weather, electrical systemdesign and architecture of the vehicle,damage to the vehicle in a crash,or wireless phone network congestionor jamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to help withphysical disabilities and medicalconditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., thatmeets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability to communicateto deaf, hard-of-hearing,or speech-impaired customers while inthe vehicle. The availabledealer-installed TTY system canprovide in-vehicle access to all OnStarservices, except Virtual Advisor andOnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation.

If equipped, TTY mode can be turnedon or off by touching Settings, thenApps, and then Phone. When TTY

mode is on, phone calls can be madeor received with OnStar using theinfotainment display.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will need tobe changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. To changethe OnStar PIN, contact an OnStarAdvisor by pressingQ or calling1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may be warrantedas part of the vehicle warranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages. PressQ and ask for an Advisor. Advisorsare available in English, Spanish, andFrench. Available languages may varyby country.


ONSTAR 355

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform Remote DoorUnlock or Stolen Vehicle Assistanceafter the vehicle has been offcontinuously for 10 days without anignition cycle. If the vehicle has notbeen started for 10 days, OnStar cancontact Roadside Assistance or alocksmith to help gain access to thevehicle.

Global Positioning System (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can occur

in a large city with tall buildings;in parking garages; aroundairports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signals arenot available, the OnStar systemshould still operate to call OnStar.However, OnStar could havedifficulty identifying the exactlocation.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals to thevehicle. Do not place items over ornear the antenna to prevent blockingcellular and GPS signal reception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverage orthe cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this message maycome on. PressQ to try the call againor try again after driving a few milesinto another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service, andGPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for features to

function properly. These systems maynot operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integrated intothe electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 247. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling name tags,saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible for anyaffected or erased data or settings.


356 ONSTAR

These updates or changes may alsocollect personal information. Suchcollection is described in the OnStarprivacy statement or separatelydisclosed at the time of installation.These updates or changes may alsocause a system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updates orchanges and agreement that eitherOnStar or GM may remotely deliverthem to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) orpressQ to speak with an Advisor.Users of wireless communications arecautioned that the privacy of anyinformation sent via wireless cellular

communications cannot be assured.Third parties may unlawfully interceptor access transmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify, anddistribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee is herebygranted, provided that the abovecopyright notice and this permissionnotice appear in all copies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “ASIS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANYKIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOTHE WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE ANDNONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRDPARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALLTHE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHTHOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANYCLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHERLIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTIONOF CONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUTOF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THESOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHERDEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice, thename of a copyright holder shall notbe used in advertising or otherwise topromote the sale, use or otherdealings in this Software without priorwritten authorization of the copyrightholder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this document


ONSTAR 357

should be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyright andlicense, “Info-ZIP” is defined as thefollowing set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, Chris Herborth,Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, RobertHeath, Jonathan Hudson, Paul Kienitz,David Kirschbaum, Johnny Lee, Onnovan der Linden, Igor Mandrichenko,Steve P. Miller, Sergio Monesi, KeithOwens, George Petrov, Greg Roelofs,Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind, expressor implied. In no event shall Info-ZIPor its contributors be held liable forany direct, indirect, incidental, special

or consequential damages arising outof the use of or inability to use thissoftware.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as the

normal SFX banner has not beenremoved from the binary ordisabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existing portswith new graphical interfaces,and dynamic, shared, or staticlibrary versions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not bemisrepresented as being theoriginal source. Such alteredversions also must not bemisrepresented as being Info-ZIPreleases–including, but notlimited to, labeling of the alteredversions with the names“Info-ZIP” (or any variationthereof, including, but notlimited to, differentcapitalizations), “Pocket UnZip,”“WiZ” or “MacZip” without theexplicit permission of Info-ZIP.Such altered versions are furtherprohibited frommisrepresentative use of theZip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).


358 ONSTAR

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,” and“MacZip” for its own source andbinary releases.


CONNECTED SERVICES 359

Connected Services

Connected ServicesNavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Connected Services

NavigationNavigation requires a specific OnStaror connected service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice Commands During aPlanned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton, if equipped, may vary byvehicle and region. For some vehicles,press= to open the OnStar app onthe infotainment display. For othervehicles press= as follows.

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want to canceldirections?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK,request completed, thank you,goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” System respondswith the last direction given,then responds with “OnStarready,” then a tone.


360 CONNECTED SERVICES

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.” Systemresponds with the address anddistance to the destination, thenresponds with “OnStar ready,”then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to the vehicle’snavigation screen, if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent to thenavigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following services help withstaying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwords forthe Wi-Fi hotspot and myCadillacmobile app. Make these passwordsdifferent from each other and usea combination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier). Thisis your network’s name that isvisible to other wireless devices.Choose a unique name and avoidfamily names or vehicledescriptions.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fihotspot that provides access to theInternet and web content at 4G LTEspeed. Up to seven mobile devices canbe connected. A data plan is required.Use the in-vehicle controls only whenit is safe to do so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press= to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, then selectWi-Fi Hotspot. On some vehicles,touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi Settings onthe screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on some vehicles,the connection type (no Internetconnection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), andsignal quality (poor, good,excellent).

3. To change the SSID or password,pressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTARto connect with an Advisor. Onsome vehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed in theWi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobile devices.Manage data usage by turning Wi-Fion or off on your mobile device, byusing the myCadillac mobile app,or by contacting an OnStar Advisor.


CONNECTED SERVICES 361

On some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also bemanaged from the Wi-FiHotspot menu.

MyCadillac Mobile App (If Available)

Download the myCadillac mobile appto compatible Apple and Androidsmartphones. Cadillac users canaccess the following services from asmartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S.market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Cadillac on socialmedia.

Features are subject to change. FormyCadillac mobile app informationand compatibility, see my.cadillac.com.

An active OnStar or connected serviceplan may be required. A compatibledevice, factory-installed remote start,and power locks are required. Datarates apply. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlockthe doors or sound the horn and flashthe lamps.

Marketplace

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers on yourroute, help locate hotels, or book aroom. These services vary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service, whichrequires available minutes.Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, press= toopen the OnStar app on theinfotainment display, then selectHands-Free calling. For other vehiclespress= as follows.

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds: “Call.Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds: “OK,calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency



362 CONNECTED SERVICES

2. Say “Call.” System responds: “Call.Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds: “OK,dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

If equipped, press= and touchAccount Services to view the numberof remaining minutes, available Wi-Fidata, and other account information.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle’s key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics, if equipped,provides a way to keep up onmaintenance. Capabilities vary bymodel. See www.onstar.com for detailsand system limitations. Features aresubject to change. For updates onfeature capabilities, seemy.cadillac.com. Message and datarates may apply.


INDEX 363

Index AAbout Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .3Accessories and Modifications . . . . . 251Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . . . . . 190Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . 247Additional InformationOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 258Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Air FilterLife System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . .84Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . .86What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . .84What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

Airbag System (cont'd)When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . .81AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . 130Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . 229

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197, 267Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . 198Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . 223


364 INDEX

Assistance Systems for Parkingand Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Auto StopStop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

BBatteryExterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Battery - North America . . . . . .266, 306Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . 267BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Braking SystemFront Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Bulb ReplacementBack-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . 270Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120CaliforniaPerchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .250, 266, 306,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . .2Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . 335Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Cargo (cont'd)Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . .3Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298ChargingWireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131CheckEngine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . . . . .93Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 107Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . 344


INDEX 365

Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Connected ServicesConnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

ConnectionsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51CoolantEngine Temperature Gauge . . . . . . 129Engine Temperature WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Cornering Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Cruise Control (cont'd)Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . . . . 206Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 339

Customer InformationPublications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . 344Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . .3Data CollectionInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . 158Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39DiagnosticsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Door (cont'd)Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . 336Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197, 267

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . 215Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Driver Mode Control Light . . . . . . . . . 137DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . .26Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 176If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176


366 INDEX

Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . 134Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . 247Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . 272Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . 276Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

EmergencyOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Check Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . 253Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . 129Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Engine (cont'd)Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . 191Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . . . 257Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . 158Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . 162

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . 159Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . 257Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . . . . 226Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Front SeatsHeated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . . 270FuelAdditives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 139Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234


INDEX 367

Fuel (cont'd)Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . 272Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . 276

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269GaugesEngine Coolant Temperature . . . . 129Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . . . . 320Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

HHazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . 159Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . 158Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52HeaterEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . 176Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . 73HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50IndicatorPedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

InformationPublication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . .6Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . 53Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

JJump Starting - North America . . . . 306

KKeyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27


368 INDEX

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280LampsCornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . 158Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . 158Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Malfunction Indicator (CheckEngine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . 229Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after a Crash . . . . 105

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . 133Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Check Engine (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . 158Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Lights (cont'd)Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Service Electric Parking Brake . . . 134StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . 139Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . 98

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321


INDEX 369

Maintenance Schedule (cont'd)Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . 131Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65MessagesEngine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

MirrorRear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . .53Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . 53Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . 287

NNavigationConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . 256Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 92Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349OnStar Additional Information . . . . 353OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Park (cont'd)Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216ParkingBrake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . 86Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 136Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . . . . 251

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . 187Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56


370 INDEX

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . 78PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . 348

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . 343

Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250, 266, 306,

Back CoverPublication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . 347Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71

Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . 216Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . . . 119Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64RecommendedFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . 309Reimbursement Program, GMMobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Replacing LATCH System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . 347General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . 336Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

SSafety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . 347General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . 343Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . .79Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78


INDEX 371

SeatsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . . . .68Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . .63Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . .63Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Securing Child Restraints . . . . .105, 107SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . 251Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . 333Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . 334Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . 343

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . 229Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . 159Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Special Application Services . . . . . . . 327Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . 335Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184StorageRear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Storage AreasArmrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Storage Areas (cont'd)Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Umbrella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110StrutsGas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3SystemEngine Air Filter Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Forward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . 223Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 350Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . 339Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 50


372 INDEX

Theft-Deterrent Systems (cont'd)Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 287Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . 288Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . 287Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Terminology and Definitions . . . . 283Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . 296Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . 237Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . 246Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

TractionControl System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . 137

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

TrailerSway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . 159

UUmbrella Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . 296Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . 152Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . 334Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Vehicle CareTire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348


INDEX 373

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . . . . 297Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . 293Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . 97Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 267WipersRear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

XT4

2019

XT4

23272680 A

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

19_CAD_XT4_COV_en_US_23272680A_2018JUL10.ai 1 6/26/2018 1:06:57 PM19_CAD_XT4_COV_en_US_23272680A_2018JUL10.ai 1 6/26/2018 1:06:57 PM

Documents

C M Y CM XT4...unlock the doors from up to 60m (197ft) away from the vehicle. Q: Press to lock all doors. K: Press to unlock the driver door or all doors depending on the vehicle personalization